US20040053953A1 - Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases - Google Patents

Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040053953A1
US20040053953A1 US10/390,078 US39007803A US2004053953A1 US 20040053953 A1 US20040053953 A1 US 20040053953A1 US 39007803 A US39007803 A US 39007803A US 2004053953 A1 US2004053953 A1 US 2004053953A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
compound
unsubstituted
alkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/390,078
Inventor
Arthur Taveras
Motasim Billah
Daniel Lundell
William Kreutner
James Jakway
Jay Fine
Loretta Bober
Jianhua Chao
Purakkattle Biju
Younong Yu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp
Original Assignee
Schering Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Schering Corp filed Critical Schering Corp
Priority to US10/390,078 priority Critical patent/US20040053953A1/en
Assigned to SCHERING CORPORATION reassignment SCHERING CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BILLAH, MOTASIM, BOBER, LORETTA A., CHAO, JIANHUA, FINE, JAY S., JAKWAY, JAMES, KREUTNER, WILLIAM, LUNDELL, DANIEL, BIJU, PURAKKATLE J., TAVERAS, ARTHUR G., YU, YOUNONG
Publication of US20040053953A1 publication Critical patent/US20040053953A1/en
Priority to US11/705,929 priority patent/US7960433B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08Bronchodilators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06Antimalarials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis

Definitions

  • This invention relates to the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases using CXC chemokine receptor antagonists in combination (or association) with other pharmaceutical compounds.
  • the CXC-chemokines include interleukin-8 (IL-8), neutrophil-activating protein-1 (NAP-1), neutrophil-activating protein-2 (NAP-2), GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , ENA-78, GCP-2, IP-10, MIG and PF4.
  • CC chemokines include RANTES, MIP-1 ⁇ , MIP-2 ⁇ , monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1), MCP-2, MCP-3 and eotaxin.
  • Individual members of the chemokine families are known to be bound by at least one chemokine receptor, with CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of receptors, and CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of receptors.
  • IL-8 is bound by the CXCR-1 and CXCR-2 receptors.
  • CXC-chemokines promote the accumulation and activation of neutrophils
  • these chemokines have been implicated in a wide range of acute and chronic inflammatory disorders including psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis. Baggiolini et al., FEBS Left. 307, 97 (1992); Miller et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 12, 17 (1992); Oppenheim et al., Annu. Fev. Immunol. 9, 617 (1991); Seitz et al., J. Clin. Invest. 87, 463 (1991); Miller et al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 146, 427 (1992); Donnely et al., Lancet 341,643(1993).
  • the CXC-chemokine receptors represent promising targets for the development of novel anti-inflammatory agents.
  • This invention provides a method of treating a CXC chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (i.e., a mammal, e.g. human) in need of such treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of:
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more disease modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like.
  • DMARDs disease modifying antirheumatic drugs
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like.
  • NSAIDS nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • a disease modifying antirheumatic drug such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like;
  • a nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like;
  • COX-2 selective inhibitors such as, for example, rofecoxib and celecoxib;
  • COX-1 inhibitors such as, for example, piroxicam
  • immunosuppressives such as, for example, methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin or sulfasalazine; and
  • steroids such as, for example, betamethasone, cortisone, prednisone or dexamethasone.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • a disease modifying antirheumatic drug such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like;
  • a nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like;
  • COX-2 selective inhibitors such as, for example, rofecoxib and celecoxib;
  • COX-1 inhibitors such as, for example, piroxicam
  • immunosuppressives such as, for example, methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin or sulfasalazine;
  • steroids such as, for example, betamethasone, cortisone, prednisone or dexamethasone;
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I), in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more biological response modifiers (BRMs) such as, for example, anti-TNF antagonists including antibodies and/or receptors/receptor fragments, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10, anti-adhesion molecules and the like.
  • BRMs biological response modifiers
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • anti-inflammatory agents such as, for example, p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, and TACE inhibitors;
  • chemokine receptor antagonists such as, for example, thalidomide
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being a pulmonary disease (e.g., COPD, asthma, or cystic fibrosis) comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, ⁇ -2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipas
  • a pulmonary disease
  • Agents that belong to these classes include, but are not limited to, beclomethasone, mometasone, ciclesonide, budesonide, fluticasone, albuterol, salmeterol, formoterol, loratadine, desloratadine, tiotropium bromide, MSI-ipratropium bromide, montelukast, theophilline, cilomilast, roflumilast, cromolyn, ZD-4407, talnetant, LTB-019, revatropate, pumafentrine, CP955, AR-C-89855, BAY-19-8004, GW-328267, QAB-149, DNK-333, YM-40461 and TH-9506 (or pharmaceutically acceptable formulations thereof).
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being multiple sclerosis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, ⁇ -methasone, ⁇ -interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, infliximab, and formulations thereof.
  • one or more compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, ⁇ -methasone, ⁇ -interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, eto
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor, a COX inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a PDE IV inhibitor, an anti-TNF- ⁇ compound, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective inhibiitors, other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, and formulations thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor, a COX inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a PDE IV inhibitor, an anti-TNF- ⁇ compound, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, and CB2-selective inhibitors.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, anticoagulants, other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and formulations thereof.
  • one or more compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, anticoagulants, other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and formulations thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, and anticoagulants.
  • one or more compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, and anticoagulants.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of tenecteplase, TPA,reteplase, abciximab, eftiifbatide, heparin and formulations thereof.
  • a chemokine mediated disease said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury
  • This invention also provides novel compounds of formula (I), wherein said novel compounds are selected from the group consisting of:
  • any variable e.g., aryl, R 2
  • its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • an effective amount means a therapeutically effective amount, e.g., an amount that provides a clinical response to the disease being treated.
  • Examples of “one or more” include (a) 1, 2 or 3, (b) 1 or 2, or (c) 1.
  • Examples of “at least one” include (a) 1, 2 or 3, (b) 1 or 2, or (c) 1.
  • Alkyl means a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain having the designated number of carbon atoms. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 1 to 20 carbons are intended. Preferred alkyl groups contain 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Alkoxy means an alkyl-0 group in which alkyl is as previously defined.
  • alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy and n-butoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkenyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 2 to 20 carbons are intended. Preferred alkenyl groups have 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl. Alkenylalkyl means that the alkenyl group is attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group.
  • Alkynyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 2 to 15 carbons are intended. Preferred alkynyl groups have 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl, and decynyl. Alkynylalkyl means that the alkynyl group is attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group.
  • Aryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl and the like.
  • Arylalkyl means an aryl-alkyl group in which the aryl and alkyl groups are as defined.
  • suitable alkylaryl groups include o-tolyl, p-tolyl and xylyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl group.
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic ring system having 3 to 10 carbon atoms and one to three rings, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl group attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group.
  • Non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and the like.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, norbornenyl and the like.
  • Halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.
  • Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and more preferred are fluorine and chlorine.
  • Haloalkyl means an alkyl group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.
  • Heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic” means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclyls contain 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
  • heterocyclic acidic functional group is intended to include groups such as, pyrrole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination.
  • Preferred heteroaryls contain 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • a nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imi
  • Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl group where the bond to the parent moiety is through an alkyl group.
  • N-oxides can form on a tertiary nitrogen present in an R substituent, or on ⁇ N— in a heteroaryl ring substituent and are included in the compounds of formula I.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • chemokine mediated diseases include: psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs.
  • anti-adhesion molecules include anti-CD11a (efalizumab), CD58-Fc (alefacept), anti-VLA (natalizumab), as well as small molecule antagonists of LFA-1 (such as IC-747), VLA-4 (such as GW559090), and LFA-3.
  • leukotriene inhibitors include LTD4 receptor antagonists (e.g., Singulair), Zileuton, and inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase.
  • inhibitors of cytokine production include inhibitors of TNF- ⁇ such as thalidomide.
  • TACE TNF- ⁇ converting enzyme
  • methotrexate methotrexate
  • A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • n is 0 to 6;
  • p is 1 to 5;
  • X is 1 to 3;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, —C(O)OH, —SH, —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NHC(O)R 13 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 R 13 , —NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NHOR 13 , —C(O)NR 13 OH, —S(O 2 )OH, —OC(O)R 13 , an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of: R 9 groups;
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —OH, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —NO 2 , —C(O)R 13 , —C(O)OR 13 , —C(O)NHR 17 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO (t) NR 13 R 14 , —SO (t) R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 OR 14 , unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
  • each R 5 and R 6 are the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —NO 2 , —C(O)R 13 , —C(O)OR 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO (t) NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 OR 14 , cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 9 groups;
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO 2 R 13 , —CONR 13 R 14 , alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and wherein there are one or more (e.g., 1 to 6) substituents on said substituted R 7 and R 8 groups, wherein each substitutent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • fluoroalkyl is one non-limiting example of an alkyl group that is substituted with halogen
  • R 8a is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
  • each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • —OH groups e.g., —(CH 2 ) q OH, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to 2, and preferably 1
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of R 13 , (e.g., hydrogen and alkyl (e.g., C 1 to C 6 alkyl, such as methyl)), halogen, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —NR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —OH, —C(O)OR 13 , —SH, —SO (t) NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 R 13 , —NHC(O)R 13 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 OR 14 , —OC(O)R 13 and cyano;
  • R 13 e.g., hydrogen and alkyl (e.g., C 1 to C 6 alkyl, such as methyl)
  • halogen e.g., hydrogen and alkyl (e.g.
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, —C(O)OR 13 , unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted R 12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 9 groups;
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein “heterocyloalkyl” means heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R 13 and R 14 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF 3 , —OH, alkoxy, aryl, aryl
  • R 13 and R 14 taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —C(O)NR 13 R 14 and —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring), said ring optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S and NR 18 ; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R 13 and R 14 groups (i.e., there is 1 to 3 substituents on the ring formed when the R 13 and R 14 groups are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)NR 13
  • each R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl;
  • R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO 2 alkyl, —SO 2 aryl, —SO 2 cycloalkyl, and —SO 2 heteroaryl;
  • R 18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R 19 , —SO 2 R 19 and —C(O)NR 19 R 20 ;
  • each R 19 and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
  • R 30 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CN, —NO 2 , or —SO 2 R 15 provided that R 15 is not H;
  • each R 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R 31 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, halogen and —CF 3 ;
  • each R 40 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl;
  • g is 1 or 2;
  • t is 0, 1 or 2.
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl).
  • Examples include, but are not limited to (1) —SO 2 NH 2 and (2) —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 wherein R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl). Examples include, but are not limited to —C(O)NR 13 R 14 wherein each R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group, e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • substituent A is preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Substituent A in formula (I) is most preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Substituent A in formula (I) is more preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Substituent B in formula (I) is preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Substituent B in formula (I) is most preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Substituent B in Formula (I) is more preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 1 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 2 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 3 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 4 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 5 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 6 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 7 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 8 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 9 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 10 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 11 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 12 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 13 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 14 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 15 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 16 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 17 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 18 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 19 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 3 for this B group is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR 13 R 14 ,
  • Embodiment No. 20 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 21 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 22 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is
  • R 2 is —OH and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I), or
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group, consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), or
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different and alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), for example the same alkyl group, for example methyl, and
  • Embodiment No. 23 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 24 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 25 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • Embodiment No. 26 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 27 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is as defined for compounds of formula (I), R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same alkyl group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are methyl.
  • Embodiment No. 28 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same alkyl group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are methyl.
  • Embodiment No. 29 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 23, R 4 is H, R 5 is H, R 6 is H, and all other substituents are as defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 30 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 24, R 4 is H, R 5 is H, R 6 is H, and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 31 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiments Nos. 21, 22, 25 and 26, except that R 13 and R 14 are each methyl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 32 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 33 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 34 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 35 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 36 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 37 of this invention is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 38 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • R 11 is H
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 39 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2)
  • R 11 is H
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 40 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • R 13 or R 14 is alkyl (e.g., methyl).
  • An example of a substituted heteroaryl group is
  • Embodiment No. 41 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2)
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • R 3 is (1) —SO 2 NH 2 and (2) —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 wherein R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Embodiment No. 42 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 43 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 44 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 45 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 46 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 47 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 48 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • R 11 is H
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 49 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2)
  • R 11 is H
  • all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 50 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —C(O)NR 13 R 14
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • one of R 13 or R 14 is alkyl (e.g., methyl).
  • An example of a substituted heteroaryl group is
  • Embodiment No. 51 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 (e.g., t is 2)
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and tbutyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • R 3 is (1) —SO 2 NH 2 and (2) —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 wherein R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 13 and R 14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Embodiment No. 52 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 to R 6 and R 10 to R 14 are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 53 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 or and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 R 13 ; and —C(O)OR 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 , halogen, and —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 13 , hydrogen, halogen, —CF 3 , —NR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)OR 13 , —SH, —SO (t) NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 R 13 , —NHC(O)R 13 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 OR 14 , —OC(O)R 13 , —COR 13 , —OR 13 , and cyano;
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R 13 and R 14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —OC(O)NR 13 R 14 , —CONR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO t NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S or NR 18 ; wherein R 18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R 19 , —SO 2 R 19 and —C(O)NR 19 R 20 ; wherein each R 19 and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1
  • Embodiment No. 54 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: R 5
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, —SO 2 R 13 ; and —C(O)OR 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 or —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R 13 and R 14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —OC(O)NR 13 R 14 , —CONR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO t NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 18 wherein R 18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R 19 , —SO 2 R 19 and —C(O)NR 19 R 20 , wherein each R 19 and R 20 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R 13 and R 14 groups (i
  • Embodiment No. 55 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR 13 R 14 —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, and —SO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 or —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl and ethyl.
  • Embodiment No. 56 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 and —CONR 13 R 14 ;
  • R 4 is selected form the group consisting of: H, —CH 3 and —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and cyano
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CH 3 and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and methyl (e.g., for —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 both R 13 and R 14 are H, or both R 13 and R 14 are methyl, also, for example, for —CONR 13 R 14 both R 13 and R 14 are methyl).
  • Embodiment No. 57 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 58 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 59 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 60 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO 2 R 13 , —CONR 13 R 14 , fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R 7 and R 8 substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a) cyano, b) —CO 2 R 13 , c) —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , d) —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 ,
  • Embodiment No. 61 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF 3 and —CF 2 CH 3 ), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and R 9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF 3 , cyano, —OCH 3 , and —NO 2
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF 3 and —CF 2 CH 3 ), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein R 8 , is as defined in formula (I), and wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF 3 , cyano, —OCH 3 , and —NO 2 ; each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as,
  • Embodiment No. 62 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF 2 CH 3 and —CF 3
  • R 8a is as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 63 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and R 8a is as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 64 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and R 8a is as defined for formula IA;
  • Embodiment No. 65 is directed compounds of formula (1) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 66 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 67 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 68 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 69 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 60 to 68.
  • Embodiment No. 70 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is:
  • Embodiment No. 71 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is:
  • R 7 is H
  • R 8 is alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 72 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is:
  • Embodiment No. 73 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is:
  • Embodiment No. 74 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is
  • Embodiment No. 75 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is
  • furan ring is substituted with at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, or 1 to 2) alkyl group and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 76 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, A is
  • Embodiment No. 77 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is
  • furan ring is substituted with one C 1 to C 3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl or isopropyl), and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I).
  • C 1 to C 3 alkyl group e.g., methyl or isopropyl
  • Embodiment No. 78 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 73 to 77, except that R 7 and R 8 are the same or different and each is selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment No. 79 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 73 to 77, except that R 7 is H, and R 8 is alkyl (e.g., ethyl or t-butyl).
  • Embodiment No. 80 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein:
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO 2 R 13 , —CONR 13 R 14 , fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R 7 and R 8 substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a) cyano, b) —CO 2 R 13 , c) —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , d) —SO 2 NR 13 R 14
  • R 2 to R 6 and R 10 to R 14 are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 81 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein:
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF 3 and —CF 2 CH 3 ), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and R 9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF 3 , cyano, —OCH 3 , and —NO 2
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF 3 and —CF 2 CH 3 ), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein R 8a is as defined in formula (1), and wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF 3 , cyano, —OCH 3 , and —NO 2 ; each R 7 and R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 or and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 R 13 ; and —C(O)OR 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 , halogen, and —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 13 , hydrogen, halogen, —CF 3 , —NR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)OR 13 , —SH, —SO (t) NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 R 13 , —NHC(O)R 13 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 OR 14 , —OC(O)R 13 , —COR 13 , —OR 13 , and cyano;
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R 13 and R 14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —OC(O)NR 13 R 14 , —CONR 13 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO t NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S or NR 18 ; wherein R 18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R 19 , —SO 2 R 19 and —C(O)NR 19 R 20 ; wherein each R 19 and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1
  • Embodiment No. 82 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is even more preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF 2 CH 3 and —CF 3
  • R 8a is as defined for formula (1).
  • Embodiment No. 83 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (1) wherein:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and R 8a is as defined for formula (I); and
  • substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, —SO 2 R 13 ; and —C(O)OR 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 or —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R 13 and R 14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR 13 R 4 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO 2 NR 3 R 4 , —QC(O)NR 3 R 4 , —CONR 3 R 14 , —NR 13 C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —SO t NR 13 R 14 , —NHSO 2 NR 13 R 14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from O, S or NR 18 wherein R 18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R 19 , —SO 2 R 19 and —C(O)NR 19 R 20 , wherein each R 19 and R 20 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R 13 and R 14 groups (i
  • Embodiment No. 84 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein:
  • substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R 8 is H; and R 8a is as defined for formula (I);
  • substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R 13 and —NHSO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR 13 R 14 —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 , —NO 2 , cyano, and —SO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO 2 , cyano, —CH 3 or —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF 3 , —NO 2 , halogen and cyano;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl and ethyl.
  • Embodiment No. 85 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein:
  • substituent A is selected from the group consisting of:
  • substituent B is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is —OH
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 and —CONR 13 R 14 ;
  • R 4 is selected form the group consisting of: H, —CH 3 and —CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and cyano
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CH 3 and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is H
  • R 13 and R 14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and methyl (e.g., for —SO 2 NR 13 R 14 both R 13 and R 14 are H, or both R 13 and R 14 are methyl, also, for example, for —CONR 13 R 14 both R 13 and R 14 are methyl).
  • Embodiment No. 86 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57.
  • Embodiment No. 87 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58.
  • Embodiment No. 88 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59.
  • Embodiment No. 89 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57.
  • Embodiment No. 90 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58.
  • Embodiment No. 91 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59.
  • Embodiment No. 92 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57.
  • Embodiment No. 93 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58.
  • Embodiment No. 94 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59.
  • Embodiment No. 95 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57.
  • Embodiment No. 96 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58.
  • Embodiment No. 97 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59.
  • Embodiment No. 98 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • Embodiment No. 99 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a sodium salt.
  • Embodiment No. 100 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a calcium salt.
  • Embodiment No. 101 is directed to the methods of this invention using a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below.
  • Embodiment No. 102 is directed to the methods of this invention using a sodium salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below.
  • Embodiment No. 103 is directed to the methods of this invention using a calcium salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below.
  • Embodiment No. 104 is directed to the methods of this invention using a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, usually 1) compound of formula (I) as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 103 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or diluent).
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent
  • Embodiment No. 105 is directed to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a novel compound of formula (I), wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 106 is directed to a calcium salt of any one of the novel compounds of formula (I) described in Embodiment No. 105.
  • Embodiment No. 107 is directed to a sodium salt of any one of the novel compounds of formula (I) described in Embodiment No. 105.
  • Embodiment No. 108 is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, usually 1) novel compound of formula (I) as described in Embodiment No. 105 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or diluent).
  • Representative compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include but are not limited to:
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include:
  • a more preferred group of compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include:
  • a most preferred group of compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include:
  • Certain compounds of formula (I) may exist in different stereoisomeric forms (e.g., enantiomers, diastereoisomers and atropisomers).
  • the invention contemplates all such stereoisomers both in pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures. Isomers can be prepared using conventional methods.
  • Certain compounds will be acidic in nature, e.g. those compounds which possess a carboxyl or phenolic hydroxyl group. These compounds may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Examples of such salts may include sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also contemplated are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
  • Certain basic compounds also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts, e.g., acid addition salts.
  • the pyrido-nitrogen atoms may form salts with strong acid, while compounds having basic substituents such as amino groups also form salts with weaker acids.
  • suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the salts are prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt in the conventional manner.
  • the free base forms may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous NaOH, potassium carbonate, ammonia and sodium bicarbonate.
  • a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous NaOH, potassium carbonate, ammonia and sodium bicarbonate.
  • the free base forms differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the acid and base salts are otherwise equivalent to their respective free base forms for purposes of the invention.
  • Compounds of formula (I) can exist in unsolvated and solvated forms, including hydrated forms.
  • the solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of this invention.
  • This invention also includes Prodrugs of the novel compounds of this invention, and of the compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention.
  • the term “prodrug,” as used herein, represents compounds which are rapidly transformed in vivo to the parent compound of the above formula, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
  • Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories.
  • the powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient.
  • Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
  • Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may also be deliverable transdermally.
  • the transdermal composition can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
  • the compound of formula (I) is administered orally.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form.
  • the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
  • the quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 750 mg, more preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, and most preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 250 mg, according to the particular application.
  • the actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
  • the amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of formula (I) and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated.
  • a typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.04 mg/day to about 4000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
  • the compounds used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) can be administered in their normally prescribed amounts as know by the skilled clinician (see, for example, the Physicians' Desk Reference, 56 th edition, 2002, published by Medical Economics company, Inc. at Montvale, NJ 07645-1742, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto).
  • the amount and frequency of administration of the compounds used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated.
  • the compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment of CXC-chemokine mediated conditions and diseases. This utility is manifested in their ability to inhibit IL8 and GRO- ⁇ chemokine as demonstrated by the following in vitro assays.
  • a reaction mixture of 10 pg hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 ⁇ g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 ⁇ l was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA) (Sigma).
  • CXCR1 assay buffer 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA
  • a 0.4 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer.
  • 20 ⁇ stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma).
  • a 6 ⁇ stock solution of IL-8 was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • the assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on plate shaker, then incubated for 8 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of Total binding-NSB (250 nM IL-8) was determined for IC 50 values.
  • a working stock of 0.25 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l hCXCR1-CHO over-expressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.05 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 25 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 0.1 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 100 mM NaCl) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 30 minutes and then centrifuged at 2500 rpm for 5 minutes.
  • a working stock of 0.025 ⁇ g/[l hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes with a specific activity of 3.47 pmol/mg (Euroscreen) and 5 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2.0 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 125 mM NaCl) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.125 nM stock of ligand, [ 125 I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer.
  • Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 13.3-fold in CXCR1 assay buffer.
  • the assay plates were incubated for 4 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC 50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • a reaction mixture of 4 ⁇ g hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 ⁇ g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 ⁇ l was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 ).
  • a 0.4 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • 20 ⁇ stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma).
  • a 6 ⁇ stock solution of GRO- ⁇ (R&D) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • a working stock of 0.031 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l hCXCR2-CHO over-expressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.4 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 2.5 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2.0 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 ) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.50 nM stock of ligand, [ 125 I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 13.3-fold in CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • the assay plates were incubated for 2 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC 50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • a working stock of 0.02 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.6 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 2 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2.0 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 ) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.40 nM stock of ligand, [ 125 I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 20-fold in CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • the assay plates were incubated for 2 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC 50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • Carrageenan (0.05 ml of an 1% solution in saline) was injected into one hindpaw of male Sprague-Dawley rats. Paw volumes (ml) were measured by a water displacement plethysmometer prior to and 3 h after the injection of carrageenan. The increase in paw volume that occurred between the two timepoints was determined for each group. Rats received Compound A:
  • a neutralizing rat anti-mouse TNF ⁇ antibody or matched rat IgG isotype control was administered intraperitoneally two hours prior to SCW injection and Compound A or methylcellulose vehicle was orally administered one hour prior to SCW injection.
  • Knee swelling measurements were performed 2 hours after SCW injection using a dial-gauge caliper (Starret, Athol, Mass.) by measuring the difference in swelling between the right and left knee joints.
  • Patellar organ cultures for assessment of synovial cytokine and chemokine and prostaglandin levels were prepared at 2 hours after SCW injection and established as described (Lubberts et al, 1998), using ELISA kits obtained from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • Statistical analysis was performed using the Student's t-test, with p ⁇ 0.05 considered to be indicative of statistical significant differences between groups.
  • Combination treatment resulted in a 71% (10 mg/kg Compound A+indomethacin) and 57% inhibition (25 mg/kg Compound A+indomethacin) of IL-1 ⁇ production, consistent with the concept that the effect on IL-1 ⁇ was attributable to the pharmacological action of Compound A.
  • the effect of combination therapy on PGE 2 levels (86% and 85% inhibition, respectively) in patellar organ culture was accounted for by the activity of indomethacin alone (89% inhibition) while Compound A alone had mild activity (34-40% inhibition at 10-25 mg/kg).
  • Step A An amine is condensed (Step A) with a nitrosalicylic acid under standard coupling conditions and the resulting nitrobenzamide is reduced (Step B) under hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of a suitable catalyst.
  • the remaining partner required for the synthesis of the final target is prepared by condensing an aryl amine with the commercially available diethylsquarate to give the aminoethoxysquarate product. Subsequent condensation of this intermediate with the aminobenzamide prepared earlier provides the desired chemokine antagonist (Scheme 1).
  • the aminobenzamide of Scheme 1 is first condensed with commercially available diethylsquarate to give an alternate monoethoxy intermediate. Condensation of this intermediate with an amine gives the desired chemokine antagonist.
  • Benztriazole compounds of Formula (I) are prepared by stirring nitrophenylenediamines with sodium nitrite in acetic acid at 60° C. to afford the nitrobenzotriazole intermediate (Scheme 3). Reduction of the nitro group in the presence of palladium catalyst and hydrogen atmosphere provides the amine compound. Subsequent condensation of this intermediate with the aminooethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1) provides the desired chemokine antagonist.
  • Indazole structures of Formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 5 by reduction of nitroindazole A ( J. Am. Chem Soc. 1943, 65, 1804-1805) to give aminoindazole B and subsequent condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1).
  • Indole structures of Formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 6 by reduction of nitroindole A ( J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 1942-1954) to give aminoindole B and subsequent condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1).
  • step E The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of Preparative Example 13.19 step D.
  • the aqueous mixture was washed with diethyl ether (40 mL ⁇ 3), adjusted to pH ⁇ 6 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL ⁇ 3).
  • step B alcohol was obtained following a similar procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.35 Step B.
  • Step A product (0.6 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.19 to give the amine product 0.19 g (64%).
  • Step B product (1.0 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 to give the acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%).
  • Step C product (0.35 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 to give the amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%).
  • step E The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 513.19step D.
  • Step A The product of Step A (0.6 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the amine product 0.19 g (64%).
  • Step B The product of Step B (1.0 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step B to give the acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%).
  • Step C The product of Step C (0.35 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%).

Abstract

Methods of treating chemokine-mediated diseases are disclosed. The methods comprise the administration of CXC-Chemokine receptor antagonists of the formula
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof, in combination with other classes of pharmaceutical compounds. The chemokine-mediated diseases include acute and chronic inflammatory disorders, psoriasis, cystic fibrosis, asthma and cancer. Also disclosed are novel compounds of formula (I).

Description

    REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/365,314 filed Mar. 18, 2002, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.[0001]
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases using CXC chemokine receptor antagonists in combination (or association) with other pharmaceutical compounds. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Chemokines are chemotactic cytokines that are released by a wide variety of cells to attract macrophages, T-cells, eosinophils, basophils, neutrophils and endothelial cells to sites of inflammation and tumor growth. There are two main classes of chemokines, the CXC-chemokines and the CC— chemokines. The class depends on whether the first two cysteines are separated by a single amino acid (CXC-chemokines) or are adjacent (CC-chemokines). The CXC-chemokines include interleukin-8 (IL-8), neutrophil-activating protein-1 (NAP-1), neutrophil-activating protein-2 (NAP-2), GROα, GROβ, GROγ, ENA-78, GCP-2, IP-10, MIG and PF4. CC chemokines include RANTES, MIP-1α, MIP-2β, monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1), MCP-2, MCP-3 and eotaxin. Individual members of the chemokine families are known to be bound by at least one chemokine receptor, with CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of receptors, and CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of receptors. For example, IL-8 is bound by the CXCR-1 and CXCR-2 receptors. [0003]
  • Since CXC-chemokines promote the accumulation and activation of neutrophils, these chemokines have been implicated in a wide range of acute and chronic inflammatory disorders including psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis. Baggiolini et al., FEBS Left. 307, 97 (1992); Miller et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 12, 17 (1992); Oppenheim et al., Annu. Fev. Immunol. 9, 617 (1991); Seitz et al., J. Clin. Invest. 87, 463 (1991); Miller et al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 146, 427 (1992); Donnely et al., Lancet 341,643(1993). [0004]
  • Hence, the CXC-chemokine receptors represent promising targets for the development of novel anti-inflammatory agents. [0005]
  • There remains a need for an improved method of treating CXC-chemokine mediated diseases. For example, conditions associated with an increase in IL-8 production (which is responsible for chemotaxis of neutrophil and T-cell subsets into the inflammatory site) would benefit by an improved method that inhibits IL-8 receptor binding. Such an improved method is provided by this invention. [0006]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention provides a method of treating a CXC chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (i.e., a mammal, e.g. human) in need of such treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of: [0007]
  • (a) One or more (e.g., one) compounds of the formula (I): [0008]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and [0009]
  • (b) One or more drugs, agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases. [0010]
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more disease modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like. [0011]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like. [0012]
  • In another embodiment the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: [0013]
  • (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug (such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like); [0014]
  • (b) a nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug (such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like); [0015]
  • (c) COX-2 selective inhibitors such as, for example, rofecoxib and celecoxib; [0016]
  • (d) COX-1 inhibitors such as, for example, piroxicam; [0017]
  • (e) immunosuppressives such as, for example, methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin or sulfasalazine; and [0018]
  • (f) steroids such as, for example, betamethasone, cortisone, prednisone or dexamethasone. [0019]
  • In another embodiment the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: [0020]
  • (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug (such as, for example, methotrexate, azathioptrine, luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, cyclophosphamide and the like); [0021]
  • (b) a nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug (such as, for example, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like); [0022]
  • (c) COX-2 selective inhibitors such as, for example, rofecoxib and celecoxib; [0023]
  • (d) COX-1 inhibitors such as, for example, piroxicam; [0024]
  • (e) immunosuppressives such as, for example, methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin or sulfasalazine; [0025]
  • (f) steroids such as, for example, betamethasone, cortisone, prednisone or dexamethasone; [0026]
  • (g) a biological response modifier and [0027]
  • (h) other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases. [0028]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I), in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more biological response modifiers (BRMs) such as, for example, anti-TNF antagonists including antibodies and/or receptors/receptor fragments, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10, anti-adhesion molecules and the like. [0029]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: [0030]
  • a) anti-inflammatory agents such as, for example, p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, and TACE inhibitors; [0031]
  • b) chemokine receptor antagonists such as, for example, thalidomide; [0032]
  • c) leukotriene inhibitors; and [0033]
  • d) other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokine production. [0034]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being a pulmonary disease (e.g., COPD, asthma, or cystic fibrosis) comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, β-2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine A2 agonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, GABA-b agonists, nociceptin agonists, expectorants, mucolytic agents, decongestants, antioxidants, anti-IL-8 anti-bodies, anti-IL-5 antibodies, anti-IgE antibodies, anti-TNF antibodies, IL-10, adhesion molecule inhibitors, and growth hormones. Agents that belong to these classes include, but are not limited to, beclomethasone, mometasone, ciclesonide, budesonide, fluticasone, albuterol, salmeterol, formoterol, loratadine, desloratadine, tiotropium bromide, MSI-ipratropium bromide, montelukast, theophilline, cilomilast, roflumilast, cromolyn, ZD-4407, talnetant, LTB-019, revatropate, pumafentrine, CP955, AR-C-89855, BAY-19-8004, GW-328267, QAB-149, DNK-333, YM-40461 and TH-9506 (or pharmaceutically acceptable formulations thereof). [0035]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being multiple sclerosis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, β-methasone, β-interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, infliximab, and formulations thereof. [0036]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor, a COX inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a PDE IV inhibitor, an anti-TNF-α compound, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective inhibiitors, other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, and formulations thereof. [0037]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor, a COX inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a PDE IV inhibitor, an anti-TNF-α compound, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, and CB2-selective inhibitors. [0038]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, anticoagulants, other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and formulations thereof. [0039]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, and anticoagulants. [0040]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease, said disease being stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) compounds of formula (I) in combination (or association) with an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of an effective amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase, abciximab, eftiifbatide, heparin and formulations thereof. [0041]
  • This invention also provides novel compounds of formula (I), wherein said novel compounds are selected from the group consisting of: [0042]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00003
  • or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof. [0043]
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Unless indicated otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout the present specification and claims. These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in combination with other terms. Hence the definition of “alkyl” applies to “alkyl” as well as to the “alkyl” portions of “alkoxy”, etc. [0044]
  • When any variable (e.g., aryl, R[0045] 2) occurs more than one time in any constituent, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • “An effective amount” means a therapeutically effective amount, e.g., an amount that provides a clinical response to the disease being treated. [0046]
  • Examples of “one or more” include (a) 1, 2 or 3, (b) 1 or 2, or (c) 1. [0047]
  • Examples of “at least one” include (a) 1, 2 or 3, (b) 1 or 2, or (c) 1. [0048]
  • “Bn” represents benzyl. [0049]
  • “Alkyl” means a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain having the designated number of carbon atoms. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 1 to 20 carbons are intended. Preferred alkyl groups contain 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain. [0050]
  • “Alkoxy” means an alkyl-0 group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen. [0051]
  • “Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 2 to 20 carbons are intended. Preferred alkenyl groups have 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl. Alkenylalkyl means that the alkenyl group is attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group. [0052]
  • “Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched. Where the number of carbon atoms is not specified, 2 to 15 carbons are intended. Preferred alkynyl groups have 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl, and decynyl. Alkynylalkyl means that the alkynyl group is attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group. [0053]
  • “Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl and the like. [0054]
  • “Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl group in which the aryl and alkyl groups are as defined. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylaryl groups include o-tolyl, p-tolyl and xylyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl group. [0055]
  • “Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic ring system having 3 to 10 carbon atoms and one to three rings, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain 5 to 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. [0056]
  • “Cycloalkylalkyl” means a cycloalkyl group attached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group. Non-limiting examples include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and the like. [0057]
  • “Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain 5 to 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, norbornenyl and the like. [0058]
  • “Halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro. [0059]
  • “Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and more preferred are fluorine and chlorine. [0060]
  • “Haloalkyl” means an alkyl group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above. [0061]
  • “Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain 5 to 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like. [0062]
  • The term heterocyclic acidic functional group is intended to include groups such as, pyrrole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, and the like. [0063]
  • “Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain 5 to 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. [0064]
  • “Heteroarylalkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl group where the bond to the parent moiety is through an alkyl group. [0065]
  • N-oxides can form on a tertiary nitrogen present in an R substituent, or on ═N— in a heteroaryl ring substituent and are included in the compounds of formula I. [0066]
  • As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. [0067]
  • Compounds of formula (I) are described in WO 02/076926 published Oct. 3, 2002, and WO 02/083624 published Oct. 24, 2002, the disclosures of each being incorporated herein by reference thereto. [0068]
  • Examples of chemokine mediated diseases include: psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral and cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV (e.g., AIDS), Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus, meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute and chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric and duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor pulmonae, cough, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation, hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis, sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus, burn therapy, periodontitis, transplant reperfusion injury and early transplantation. [0069]
  • Examples of anti-adhesion molecules include anti-CD11a (efalizumab), CD58-Fc (alefacept), anti-VLA (natalizumab), as well as small molecule antagonists of LFA-1 (such as IC-747), VLA-4 (such as GW559090), and LFA-3. Examples of leukotriene inhibitors include LTD4 receptor antagonists (e.g., Singulair), Zileuton, and inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase. Examples of inhibitors of cytokine production include inhibitors of TNF-α such as thalidomide. Examples of other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis include inhibitors of p38 kinase, TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE), nitiric oxide synthase and methotrexate. [0070]
  • For the compounds of formula (I): [0071]
  • A is selected from the group consisting of: [0072]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00004
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00005
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00006
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00007
  • wherein the above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R[0073] 9 groups;
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00008
  • wherein one or both of the above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R[0074] 9 groups;
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00009
  • wherein the above phenyl rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R[0075] 9 groups; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00010
  • B is selected from the group consisting of [0076]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00011
  • n is 0 to 6; [0077]
  • p is 1 to 5; [0078]
  • X is 1 to 3; [0079]
  • R[0080] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, —C(O)OH, —SH, —SO2NR13R14, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —NR13R14, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NHOR13, —C(O)NR13OH, —S(O2)OH, —OC(O)R13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
  • each R[0081] 3 and R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —NO2, —C(O)R13, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NHR17, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO(t)R13, —C(O)NR13OR14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00012
  • wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R[0082] 9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
  • each R[0083] 5 and R6 are the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —CF3, —OCF3, —NO2, —C(O)R13, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO(t)NR13R14, —C(O)NR13OR14, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
  • each R[0084] 7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO2R13, —CONR13R14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and wherein there are one or more (e.g., 1 to 6) substituents on said substituted R7 and R8 groups, wherein each substitutent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • a) halogen, [0085]
  • b) —CF[0086] 3,
  • c) —COR[0087] 13,
  • d) —OR[0088] 13,
  • e) —NR[0089] 13R14
  • f) —NO[0090] 2,
  • g) —CN, [0091]
  • h) —SO[0092] 2OR14,
  • i) —Si(alkyl)[0093] 3, wherein each alkyl is independently selected,
  • j) —Si(aryl)[0094] 3, wherein each alkyl is independently selected,
  • k) —(R[0095] 13)2R14Si, wherein each R13 is independently selected,
  • l) —CO[0096] 2R13,
  • m) —C(O)NR[0097] 3R14,
  • n) —SO[0098] 2NR13R14,
  • o) —SO[0099] 2R13,
  • p) —OC(O)R[0100] 13,
  • q) —OC(O)NR[0101] 13R14,
  • r) —NR[0102] 13C(O)R14, and
  • s) —NR[0103] 13CO2R14;
  • (fluoroalkyl is one non-limiting example of an alkyl group that is substituted with halogen); [0104]
  • R[0105] 8a is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
  • each R[0106] 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • a) —R[0107] 13,
  • b) halogen, [0108]
  • c) —CF[0109] 3,
  • d) —COR[0110] 13,
  • e) —OR[0111] 13,
  • f) —NR[0112] 13R14,
  • g) —NO[0113] 2,
  • h) —CN, [0114]
  • i) —SO[0115] 2R13,
  • j) —SO[0116] 2NR13R14,
  • k) —NR[0117] 13COR14,
  • l) —CONR[0118] 13R14,
  • m) —NR[0119] 13CO2R14,
  • n) —CO[0120] 2R13,
  • o) [0121]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00013
  • p) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one) —OH groups (e.g., —(CH[0122] 2)qOH, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to 2, and preferably 1),
  • q) alkyl substituted with one or more (e.g., one) —NR[0123] 13R14 group (e.g., —(CH2)qNR13R14, wherein q is 1-6, usually 1 to 2, and preferably 1), and
  • r) —N(R[0124] 13)SO2R14 (e.g., R13 is H and R14 is alkyl, such as methyl);
  • each R[0125] 10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of R13, (e.g., hydrogen and alkyl (e.g., C1 to C6 alkyl, such as methyl)), halogen, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —OH, —C(O)OR13, —SH, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NR13OR14, —OC(O)R13 and cyano;
  • R[0126] 12 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, —C(O)OR13, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted R12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
  • each R[0127] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein “heterocyloalkyl” means heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R13 and R14 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —N(R40)2, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —S(O)tNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, halogen, and —NHC(O)NR15R16; or
  • R[0128] 13 and R14 taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —C(O)NR13R14 and —SO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring), said ring optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S and NR18; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., there is 1 to 3 substituents on the ring formed when the R13 and R14 groups are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16, —NHC(O)OR15, halogen, and a heterocycloalkenyl group (i.e., a heterocyclic group that has at least one, and preferably one, double bond in a ring, e.g.,
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00014
  • each R[0129] 15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl;
  • R[0130] 17 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2alkyl, —SO2aryl, —SO2cycloalkyl, and —SO2heteroaryl;
  • R[0131] 18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20;
  • each R[0132] 19 and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
  • R[0133] 30 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, or —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H;
  • each R[0134] 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R31 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, halogen and —CF3;
  • each R[0135] 40 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl;
  • g is 1 or 2; and [0136]
  • t is 0, 1 or 2. [0137]
  • For compounds of formula (I), when R[0138] 3 is —SO(t)NR13R14 (e.g., —SO2NR13R14), preferably R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl). Examples include, but are not limited to (1) —SO2NH2 and (2) —SO2NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO2N(CH3)2.
  • For compounds of formula (I), when R[0139] 3 is —C(O)NR13R14, preferably R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl). Examples include, but are not limited to —C(O)NR13R14 wherein each R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group, e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —C(O)N(CH3)2.
  • For the compounds of formula (I) substituent A is preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0140]
  • (1) unsubstituted or substituted: [0141]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00015
  • wherein all substitutents are as defined for formula (I). [0142]
  • Examples of substituent A in formula (I) include, but are not limited to: [0143]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00016
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00017
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00018
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00019
  • Substituent A in formula (I) is most preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0144]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00020
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00021
  • Substituent A in formula (I) is more preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0145]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00022
  • Substituent B in formula (I) is preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0146]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00023
  • wherein all substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0147]
  • Substituent B in formula (I) is most preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0148]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00024
  • Substituent B in Formula (I) is more preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0149]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00025
  • Compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention are described in the embodiments below. The embodiments have been numbered for purposes of reference thereto. [0150]
  • Embodiment No. 1 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0151]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00026
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0152]
  • Embodiment No. 2 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0153]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00027
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0154]
  • Embodiment No. 3 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0155]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00028
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0156]
  • Embodiment No. 4 is is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0157]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00029
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0158]
  • Embodiment No. 5 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0159]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00030
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0160]
  • Embodiment No. 6 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0161]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00031
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0162]
  • Embodiment No. 7 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0163]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00032
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0164]
  • Embodiment No. 8 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0165]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00033
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0166]
  • Embodiment No. 9 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0167]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00034
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0168]
  • Embodiment No. 10 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0169]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00035
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0170]
  • Embodiment No. 11 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0171]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00036
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0172]
  • Embodiment No. 12 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0173]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00037
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0174]
  • Embodiment No. 13 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0175]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00038
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0176]
  • Embodiment No. 14 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0177]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00039
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0178]
  • Embodiment No. 15 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0179]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00040
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0180]
  • Embodiment No. 16 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0181]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00041
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0182]
  • Embodiment No. 17 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0183]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00042
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0184]
  • Embodiment No. 18 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0185]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00043
  • and all other substitutents are as defined for of formula (I). [0186]
  • Embodiment No. 19 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is selected from the group consisting of: [0187]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00044
  • and R[0188] 3 for this B group is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14,
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00045
  • and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0189]
  • Embodiment No. 20 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0190]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00046
  • and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). [0191]
  • Embodiment No. 21 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is [0192]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00047
  • R[0193] 13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 22 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is [0194]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00048
  • wherein: [0195]
  • (1) R[0196] 2 is —OH and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I), or
  • (2) R[0197] 2 is —OH, and R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group, consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), or
  • (3) R[0198] 2 is —OH, and R13 and R14 are the same or different and alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), for example the same alkyl group, for example methyl, and
  • (4) and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). [0199]
  • Embodiment No. 23 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is [0200]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00049
  • R[0201] 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00050
  • and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). [0202]
  • Embodiment No. 24 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is [0203]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00051
  • R[0204] 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00052
  • R[0205] 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 25 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0206]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00053
  • and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I) [0207]
  • Embodiment No. 26 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0208]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00054
  • R[0209] 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 27 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0210]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00055
  • R[0211] 2 is as defined for compounds of formula (I), R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I). For example, R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group. Also, for example, R13 and R14 are the same alkyl group. Also, for example, R13 and R14 are methyl.
  • Embodiment No. 28 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0212]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00056
  • R[0213] 2 is —OH, R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I). For example, R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group. Also, for example, R13 and R14 are the same alkyl group. Also, for example, R13 and R14 are methyl.
  • Embodiment No. 29 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 23, R[0214] 4 is H, R5 is H, R6 is H, and all other substituents are as defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 30 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiment No. 24, R[0215] 4 is H, R5 is H, R6 is H, and all other substituents areas defined for compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 31 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in Embodiments Nos. 21, 22, 25 and 26, except that R[0216] 13 and R14 are each methyl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 32 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0217]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00057
  • R[0218] 11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 33 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0219]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00058
  • R[0220] 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 34 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0221]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00059
  • R[0222] 3 is —C(O)NR13R14, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 35 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0223]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00060
  • R[0224] 3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 36 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0225]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00061
  • R[0226] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 37 of this invention is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0227]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00062
  • R[0228] 2 is —OH, and R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 38 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0229]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00063
  • R[0230] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, R11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 39 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0231]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00064
  • R[0232] 2 is —OH, R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), R11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 40 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0233]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00065
  • R[0234] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, R11 is H, and R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). For example, one of R13 or R14 is alkyl (e.g., methyl). An example of a substituted heteroaryl group is
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00066
  • Embodiment No. 41 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0235]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00067
  • R[0236] 2 is —OH, R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), R11 is H, and R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). For example R3 is (1) —SO2NH2 and (2) —SO2NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO2N(CH3)2.
  • Embodiment No. 42 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0237]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00068
  • R[0238] 11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 43 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0239]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00069
  • R[0240] 2 is —OH, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 44 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0241]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00070
  • R[0242] 3 is —C(O)NR13R14, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 45 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0243]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00071
  • R[0244] 3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 46 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0245]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00072
  • R[0246] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 47 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0247]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00073
  • R[0248] 2 is —OH, and R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 48 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0249]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00074
  • R[0250] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, R11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 49 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0251]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00075
  • R[0252] 2 is —OH, R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), R11 is H, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 50 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0253]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00076
  • R[0254] 2 is —OH, R3 is —C(O)NR13R14, R11 is H, and R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl, and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). For example, one of R13 or R14 is alkyl (e.g., methyl). An example of a substituted heteroaryl group is
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00077
  • Embodiment No. 51 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is: [0255]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00078
  • R[0256] 2 is —OH, R3 is —S(O)tNR13R14 (e.g., t is 2), R11 is H, R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and tbutyl), and all other substituents are as defined in formula (I). For example R3 is (1) —SO2NH2 and (2) —SO2NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are the same or different alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), e.g., the same alkyl group, such as, for example —SO2N(CH3)2.
  • Embodiment No. 52 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0257]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00079
  • wherein R[0258] 2 to R6 and R10 to R14 are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 53 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0259]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00080
  • wherein [0260]
  • R[0261] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 or and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0262] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2R13; and —C(O)OR13;
  • R[0263] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3, halogen, and —CF3;
  • R[0264] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano;
  • R[0265] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • each R[0266] 10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of: R13, hydrogen, halogen, —CF3, —NR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)OR13, —SH, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NR13OR14, —OC(O)R13, —COR13, —OR13, and cyano;
  • each R[0267] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R[0268] 13 and R14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR13R14, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR13R14, —OC(O)NR13R14, —CONR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —SOtNR13R14, —NHSO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S or NR18; wherein R18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20; wherein each R19 and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16 and halogen; and wherein each R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting: of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
  • Embodiment No. 54 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: R[0269] 5
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00081
  • wherein: [0270]
  • R[0271] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0272] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, —SO2R13; and —C(O)OR13;
  • R[0273] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3 or —CF3;
  • R[0274] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano; and
  • R[0275] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • R[0276] 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl; and
  • each R[0277] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R[0278] 13 and R14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR13R14, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR13R14, —OC(O)NR13R14, —CONR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —SOtNR13R14, —NHSO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from O, S or NR18 wherein R18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20, wherein each R19 and R20 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., on the ring formed when R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16 and halogen; and wherein each R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
  • Embodiment No. 55 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0279]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00082
  • wherein: [0280]
  • R[0281] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0282] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14—SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, and —SO2R13;
  • R[0283] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3 or —CF3;
  • R[0284] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano; and
  • R[0285] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • R[0286] 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl; and
  • each R[0287] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl and ethyl.
  • Embodiment No. 56 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0288]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00083
  • wherein: [0289]
  • R[0290] 2 is —OH;
  • R[0291] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2NR13R14 and —CONR13R14;
  • R[0292] 4 is selected form the group consisting of: H, —CH3 and —CF3;
  • R[0293] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and cyano;
  • R[0294] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CH3 and —CF3;
  • R[0295] 11 is H; and
  • R[0296] 13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and methyl (e.g., for —SO2NR13R14 both R13 and R14 are H, or both R13 and R14 are methyl, also, for example, for —CONR13R14 both R13 and R14 are methyl).
  • Embodiment No. 57 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0297]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00084
  • wherein all substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0298]
  • Embodiment No. 58 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0299]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00085
  • Embodiment No. 59 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0300]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00086
  • Embodiment No. 60 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0301]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00087
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as described for formula (I); and [0302]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00088
  • wherein in (a) and (b): each R[0303] 7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO2R13, —CONR13R14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R7 and R8 substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a) cyano, b) —CO2R13, c) —C(O)NR13R14, d) —SO2NR13R14, e) —NO2, f) —CF3, g) —OR13, h) —NR13R14, i) —OC(O)R13, j) —OC(O)NR13R14, and k) halogen; and R8a and R9 are as defined in formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 61 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0304]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00089
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF[0305] 3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; each R7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00090
  • wherein each R[0306] 7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein R8, is as defined in formula (I), and wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; each R7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl).
  • Embodiment No. 62 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0307]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00091
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0308] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF2CH3 and —CF3; and R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl or —CF3; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00092
  • wherein R[0309] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF2CH3 and —CF3; and R8a is as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 63 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0310]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00093
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0311] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00094
  • wherein R[0312] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and R8a is as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 64 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0313]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00095
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0314] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00096
  • wherein R[0315] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and R8a is as defined for formula IA;
  • Embodiment No. 65 is directed compounds of formula (1) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0316]
  • (1) unsubstituted or substituted: [0317]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00097
  • wherein all substitutents are as defined for formula (I). [0318]
  • Embodiment No. 66 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0319]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00098
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00099
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00100
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00101
  • Embodiment No. 67 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0320]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00102
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00103
  • Embodiment No. 68 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0321]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00104
  • Embodiment No. 69 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 60 to 68. [0322]
  • Embodiment No. 70 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is: [0323]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00105
  • and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0324]
  • Embodiment No. 71 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is: [0325]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00106
  • wherein R[0326] 7 is H, and R8 is alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl), and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 72 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is: [0327]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00107
  • and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0328]
  • Embodiment No. 73 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is: [0329]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00108
  • wherein the furan ring is unsubstituted or substituted as described in the definition of A for formula (I), and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0330]
  • Embodiment No. 74 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is [0331]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00109
  • wherein the furan ring is substituted and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0332]
  • Embodiment No. 75 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is [0333]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00110
  • wherein the furan ring is substituted with at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, or 1 to 2) alkyl group and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0334]
  • Embodiment No. 76 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, A is [0335]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00111
  • wherein the furan ring is substituted with one alkyl group and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I). [0336]
  • Embodiment No. 77 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is [0337]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00112
  • wherein the furan ring is substituted with one C[0338] 1 to C3 alkyl group (e.g., methyl or isopropyl), and all other substituents are as defined for formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 78 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 73 to 77, except that R[0339] 7 and R8 are the same or different and each is selected from the group consisting of: H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment No. 79 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein B is as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 59, and A is as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 73 to 77, except that R[0340] 7 is H, and R8 is alkyl (e.g., ethyl or t-butyl).
  • Embodiment No. 80 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein: [0341]
  • (1) substituent A in formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of: [0342]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00113
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted or substituted, as described for formula (I); and [0343]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00114
  • wherein in (a) and (b) above: each R[0344] 7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO2R13, —CONR13R14, fluoroalkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl, wherein said substituents on said R7 and R8 substituted groups are selected from the group consisting of: a) cyano, b) —CO2R13, c) —C(O)NR13R14, d) —SO2NR13R14, e) —NO2, f) —CF3, g) —OR13, h) —NR13R14, i) —OC(O)R13, j) —OC(O)NR13R14, and k) halogen; and R8a and R9 are as defined in formula (I); and
  • (2) substituent B in formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of: [0345]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00115
  • wherein R[0346] 2 to R6 and R10 to R14 are as defined above for the compounds of formula (I).
  • Embodiment No. 81 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein: [0347]
  • (1) substituent A in formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of: [0348]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00116
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF[0349] 3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; each R7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00117
  • wherein each R[0350] 7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); wherein R8a is as defined in formula (1), and wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CF3, cyano, —OCH3, and —NO2; each R7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, and isopropyl), fluoroalkyl (such as, —CF3 and —CF2CH3), cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl), and cycloalkylalkyl (e.g., cyclopropylmethyl); and
  • (2) substituent B in formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of: [0351]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00118
  • wherein [0352]
  • R[0353] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 or and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0354] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2R13; and —C(O)OR13;
  • R[0355] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3, halogen, and —CF3;
  • R[0356] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano;
  • R[0357] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • each R[0358] 10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of: R13, hydrogen, halogen, —CF3, —NR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)OR13, —SH, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NR13OR14, —OC(O)R13, —COR13, —OR13, and cyano;
  • each R[0359] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R[0360] 13 and R14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR13R14, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR13R14, —OC(O)NR13R14, —CONR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —SOtNR13R14, —NHSO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S or NR18; wherein R18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20; wherein each R19 and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., the substituents on the ring formed when R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16—SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15—SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16 and halogen; and wherein each R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting: of H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
  • Embodiment No. 82 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is even more preferably selected from the group consisting of: [0361]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00119
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0362] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF2CH3 and —CF3; and R9 is selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl or —CF3; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00120
  • wherein R[0363] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, fluoroalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkyl; R8 is selected form the group consisting of: H, alkyl, —CF2CH3 and —CF3; and R8a is as defined for formula (1).
  • Embodiment No. 83 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (1) wherein: [0364]
  • (1) substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0365]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00121
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: H, F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0366] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00122
  • wherein R[0367] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and R8a is as defined for formula (I); and
  • (2) substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0368]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00123
  • wherein: [0369]
  • R[0370] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0371] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, —SO2R13; and —C(O)OR13;
  • R[0372] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3 or —CF3;
  • R[0373] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano; and
  • R[0374] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • R[0375] 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl; and
  • each R[0376] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl, ethyl and isopropyl; or
  • R[0377] 13 and R14 when taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —NR13R4, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO2NR3R4, —QC(O)NR3R4, —CONR3R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —SOtNR13R14, —NHSO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered ring) optionally having one additional heteroatom selected from O, S or NR18 wherein R18 is selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20, wherein each R19 and R20 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., on the ring formed when R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16 and halogen; and wherein each R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl.
  • Embodiment No. 84 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein: [0378]
  • (1) substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0379]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00124
  • wherein the above rings are unsubstituted, or the above rings are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, alkyl, cycloalkyl, and —CF[0380] 3; R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00125
  • wherein R[0381] 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —CF2CH3, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl and t-butyl; and R8 is H; and R8a is as defined for formula (I);
  • (2) substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0382]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00126
  • wherein: [0383]
  • R[0384] 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, —NHC(O)R13 and —NHSO2R13;
  • R[0385] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14—SO2NR13R14, —NO2, cyano, and —SO2R13;
  • R[0386] 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —NO2, cyano, —CH3 or —CF3;
  • R[0387] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CF3, —NO2, halogen and cyano; and
  • R[0388] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and —CF3;
  • R[0389] 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen and alkyl; and
  • each R[0390] 13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, methyl and ethyl.
  • Embodiment No. 85 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein: [0391]
  • (1) substituent A is selected from the group consisting of: [0392]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00127
  • (2) substituent B is selected from the group consisting of: [0393]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00128
  • wherein: [0394]
  • R[0395] 2 is —OH;
  • R[0396] 3 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2NR13R14 and —CONR13R14;
  • R[0397] 4 is selected form the group consisting of: H, —CH3 and —CF3;
  • R[0398] 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and cyano;
  • R[0399] 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CH3 and —CF3;
  • R[0400] 11 is H; and
  • R[0401] 13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and methyl (e.g., for —SO2NR13R14 both R13 and R14 are H, or both R13 and R14 are methyl, also, for example, for —CONR13R14 both R13 and R14 are methyl).
  • Embodiment No. 86 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57. [0402]
  • Embodiment No. 87 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58. [0403]
  • Embodiment No. 88 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 65 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59. [0404]
  • Embodiment No. 89 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57. [0405]
  • Embodiment No. 90 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58. [0406]
  • Embodiment No. 91 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 66 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59. [0407]
  • Embodiment No. 92 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57. [0408]
  • Embodiment No. 93 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58. [0409]
  • Embodiment No. 94 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 67 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59. [0410]
  • Embodiment No. 95 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 57. [0411]
  • Embodiment No. 96 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 58. [0412]
  • Embodiment No. 97 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) wherein substituent A is as defined in Embodiment No. 68 and substituent B is as defined in Embodiment No. 59. [0413]
  • Embodiment No. 98 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. [0414]
  • Embodiment No. 99 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a sodium salt. [0415]
  • Embodiment No. 100 is directed to the methods of this invention using compounds of formula (I) as defined in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 97 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a calcium salt. [0416]
  • Embodiment No. 101 is directed to the methods of this invention using a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below. [0417]
  • Embodiment No. 102 is directed to the methods of this invention using a sodium salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below. [0418]
  • Embodiment No. 103 is directed to the methods of this invention using a calcium salt of any one of the representative compounds of formula (I) described below. [0419]
  • Embodiment No. 104 is directed to the methods of this invention using a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, usually 1) compound of formula (I) as described in any one of the Embodiment Nos. 1 to 103 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or diluent). [0420]
  • Embodiment No. 105 is directed to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a novel compound of formula (I), wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of: [0421]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00129
  • Embodiment No. 106 is directed to a calcium salt of any one of the novel compounds of formula (I) described in Embodiment No. 105. [0422]
  • Embodiment No. 107 is directed to a sodium salt of any one of the novel compounds of formula (I) described in Embodiment No. 105. [0423]
  • Embodiment No. 108 is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1 to 3, usually 1) novel compound of formula (I) as described in Embodiment No. 105 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or diluent). [0424]
  • Representative compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include but are not limited to: [0425]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00130
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00131
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00132
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00133
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00134
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00135
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00136
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00137
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00138
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00139
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00140
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00141
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00142
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00143
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00144
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00145
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00146
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00147
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00148
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00149
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include: [0426]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00150
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00151
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00152
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00153
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00154
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00155
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00156
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00157
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00158
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00159
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00160
  • A more preferred group of compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include: [0427]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00161
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00162
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00163
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00164
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00165
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00166
  • A most preferred group of compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention include: [0428]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00167
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00168
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00169
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00170
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00171
  • Certain compounds of formula (I) may exist in different stereoisomeric forms (e.g., enantiomers, diastereoisomers and atropisomers). The invention contemplates all such stereoisomers both in pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures. Isomers can be prepared using conventional methods. [0429]
  • Certain compounds will be acidic in nature, e.g. those compounds which possess a carboxyl or phenolic hydroxyl group. These compounds may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Examples of such salts may include sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also contemplated are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like. [0430]
  • Certain basic compounds also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts, e.g., acid addition salts. For example, the pyrido-nitrogen atoms may form salts with strong acid, while compounds having basic substituents such as amino groups also form salts with weaker acids. Examples of suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those skilled in the art. The salts are prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt in the conventional manner. The free base forms may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous NaOH, potassium carbonate, ammonia and sodium bicarbonate. The free base forms differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the acid and base salts are otherwise equivalent to their respective free base forms for purposes of the invention. [0431]
  • All such acid and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention. [0432]
  • Compounds of formula (I) can exist in unsolvated and solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms, with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of this invention. [0433]
  • This invention also includes Prodrugs of the novel compounds of this invention, and of the compounds of formula (I) useful in the methods of this invention. The term “prodrug,” as used herein, represents compounds which are rapidly transformed in vivo to the parent compound of the above formula, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. [0434]
  • For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds of formula (I), inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20[0435] th Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration. [0436]
  • Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen. [0437]
  • Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. [0438]
  • The compounds of formula (I) may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal composition can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose. [0439]
  • Preferably the compound of formula (I) is administered orally. [0440]
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose. [0441]
  • The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 750 mg, more preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, and most preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 250 mg, according to the particular application. [0442]
  • The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required. [0443]
  • The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of formula (I) and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.04 mg/day to about 4000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses. [0444]
  • The compounds used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) can be administered in their normally prescribed amounts as know by the skilled clinician (see, for example, the Physicians' Desk Reference, 56[0445] th edition, 2002, published by Medical Economics company, Inc. at Montvale, NJ 07645-1742, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto). The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated.
  • Biological Assays
  • The compounds of formula (I) are useful in the treatment of CXC-chemokine mediated conditions and diseases. This utility is manifested in their ability to inhibit IL8 and GRO-α chemokine as demonstrated by the following in vitro assays. [0446]
  • Receptor Binding Assays: [0447]
  • CXCR1 SPA Assay [0448]
  • For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 10 pg hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 μg/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 μl was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl[0449] 2, 1 mM MgCl2, 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA) (Sigma). A 0.4 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer. 20× stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma). A 6× stock solution of IL-8 (R&D) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a 96-well assay plate (PerkinElmer) as follows: 10 μl test compound or DMSO, 40 μl CXCR1 assay buffer or IL-8 stock, 100 μl of reaction mixture, 50 μl of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.1 nM). The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on plate shaker, then incubated for 8 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of Total binding-NSB (250 nM IL-8) was determined for IC50 values.
  • Alternative CXCR1 SPA Assay [0450]
  • Protocol using CXCR1-expressing membranes from Biosignal Packard [0451]
  • For each 50 μl reaction, a working stock of 0.25 μg/μl hCXCR1-CHO over-expressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.05 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 25 μg/μl WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 0.1 mM CaCl[0452] 2, 1 mM MgCl2, 100 mM NaCl) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 30 minutes and then centrifuged at 2500 rpm for 5 minutes. The beads and membranes were resuspended in CXCR1 assay buffer to the same concentrations as in the original mixture. A 0.125 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer. Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 20-fold in CXCR1 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a Corning NBS (non-binding surface) 96-well assay plate as follows: 20 μl test compound or 5% DMSO (final [DMSO]=2%), 20 μl of membranes and SPA bead mixture (Final [membrane]=5 μg/reaction; Final [SPA bead]=500 μg/reaction), 10 μl of ligand stock (Final [125I-IL-8]=0.025 nM). The assay plates were incubated for 4 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • Alternative CXCR1 SPA Assay [0453]
  • Protocol Using CXCR1-Expressing Membranes from Euroscreen [0454]
  • For each 50 μl reaction, a working stock of 0.025 μg/[l hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes with a specific activity of 3.47 pmol/mg (Euroscreen) and 5 μg/μl WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2.0 mM CaCl[0455] 2, 1 mM MgCl2, 125 mM NaCl) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.125 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer. Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 13.3-fold in CXCR1 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a Corning NBS (non-binding surface) 96-well assay plate as follows: 20 μl test compound or 7.5% DMSO (final [DMSO]=3%), 20 μl of membranes and SPA bead mixture (Final [membrane]=0.5 μg/reaction; Final [SPA bead]=100 μg/reaction), 10 μl of ligand stock (Final [125I-IL-8]=0.025 nM). The assay plates were incubated for 4 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • For the CXCR1 assay, compounds of formula (I) had an IC[0456] 50 of <20 μM
  • CXCR2 SPA Assay [0457]
  • For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 4 μg hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 μg/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 100 μl was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl[0458] 2, 1 mM MgCl2). A 0.4 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer. 20× stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma). A 6× stock solution of GRO-α (R&D) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a 96-well assay plate (PerkinElmer or Corning) as follows: 10 μl test compound or DMSO, 40 μl CXCR2 assay buffer or GRO-α stock, 100 μl of reaction mixture, 50 μl of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.1 nM). When 40× stock solutions of test compounds in DMSO were prepared, then the above protocol was used except instead 5 μl test compound or DMSO and 45 μl CXCR2 assay buffer were used. The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on a plate shaker, then incubated for 2-8 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of total binding minus non-specific binding (250 nM Gro-α or 50 μM antagonist) was determined and IC50 values calculated. Compounds of formula (I) had an IC50 of <5 μM.
  • Alternative CXCR2 SPA Assay [0459]
  • Protocol Using the CXCR2 50 μl Assay [0460]
  • For each 50 μl reaction, a working stock of 0.031 μg/μl hCXCR2-CHO over-expressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.4 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 2.5 μg/μl WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2.0 mM CaCl[0461] 2, 1 mM MgCl2) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.50 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer. Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 13.3-fold in CXCR2 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a Corning NBS (non-binding surface) 96-well assay plate as follows: 20 μl test compound or 7.5% DMSO (final [DMSO]=3%), 20 μl of membranes and SPA bead mixture (final [membrane]=0.625 μg/reaction; final [SPA bead]=50 μg/reaction), 10 μl of ligand stock (final [125I-IL-8]=0.10 nM). The assay plates were incubated for 2 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • Alternative CXCR2 SPA Assay [0462]
  • Protocol Using the CXCR2 200 μl Assay [0463]
  • For each 200 μl reaction, a working stock of 0.02 μg/μl hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes with a specific activity of 0.6 pmol/mg (Biosignal Packard) and 2 μg/μl WGA-SPA beads (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences) was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2.0 mM CaCl[0464] 2, 1 mM MgCl2) (Sigma). This mixture was incubated on ice for 5 minutes. A 0.40 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer. Test compounds were first serially diluted by half-logs in DMSO (Sigma) and then diluted 20-fold in CXCR2 assay buffer. The above solutions were added to a Corning NBS (non-binding surface) 96-well assay plate as follows: 50 111 test compound or 10% DMSO (final [DMSO]=2.5%), 100 μl of membranes and SPA bead mixture (final [membrane]=2 μg/reaction; final [SPA bead]=200 μg/reaction), 50 μl of ligand stock (final [125I-IL-8]=0.10 nM). The assay plates were incubated for 2 hours before cpm/well were determined in a Microbeta Trilux counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences). IC50 values were quantified using nonlinear regression analysis in GraphPad Prism.
  • For the CXCR2 assay, compounds of formula (I) had a K[0465] t<20 μM.
  • Carrageenan-Induced Rat Paw Edema Model [0466]
  • Carrageenan (0.05 ml of an 1% solution in saline) was injected into one hindpaw of male Sprague-Dawley rats. Paw volumes (ml) were measured by a water displacement plethysmometer prior to and 3 h after the injection of carrageenan. The increase in paw volume that occurred between the two timepoints was determined for each group. Rats received Compound A: [0467]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00172
  • (see Example 405 of WO 02/083624) or standard drugs in methylcellulose vehicle by the oral route, 1 hr before carrageenan injection. The percentage by which the edematous response was inhibited was calculated by comparing the increase in paw edema of drug-treated rats to that of vehicle-treated controls. To determine neutrophil accumulation in the paws, rats were sacrificed at 3 hrs and myeloperoxidase (MPO) activity was measured from inflammatory fluid expressed from the hindpaw using a calorimetric assay (Bradley et al., 1982). PGE[0468] 2 production in the hindpaw was assessed by ELISA (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • Combination studies were performed with Compound A and the following standard anti-inflammatory agents—the non-selective anti-inflammatory drug indomethacin, and the steroid betamethasone. The combination of suboptimal doses of compound A at 1 mg/kg (20% inhibition) and indomethacin at 0.5 mg/kg (0% inhibition) caused a significant 41% reduction of paw edema, suggesting that this combination results in greater efficacy than either agent alone. This combination did not cause a further reduction in MPO activity in the hindpaw compared to compound A alone (Compound A=67% inhibition; indomethacin=−58% inhibition; combination=55% inhibition). The combination of suboptimal doses of Compound A at 1 mg/kg and betamethasone at 0.05 mg/kg (32% inhibition) also demonstrated greater efficacy in inhibiting edema (61% inhibition). An additive inhibition of paw PGE[0469] 2 levels was also observed (31% inhibition by either betamethasone or Compound A alone, versus 78% inhibition with the combination).
  • Streptococcal Cell Wall-Induced Mouse Knee Swelling Model [0470]
  • The method described by Lubberts et al, 1998 was used for these studies, with some modifications. Female 8-12 week old C57BL/6J animals were fasted overnight and dosed orally with Compound A, indomethacin, or a combination of these agents suspended in methylcellulose one hour prior to a single intra-articular injection of 6 μl containing 25 μg of bacterial SCW (4.32 mg/ml rhammose; Lee Laboratories, Grayson, Ga.) in saline into the right knee joint. The left knee joint received an injection of 6 μl of saline at the same time. In other experiments, a neutralizing rat anti-mouse TNFα antibody or matched rat IgG isotype control was administered intraperitoneally two hours prior to SCW injection and Compound A or methylcellulose vehicle was orally administered one hour prior to SCW injection. Knee swelling measurements were performed 2 hours after SCW injection using a dial-gauge caliper (Starret, Athol, Mass.) by measuring the difference in swelling between the right and left knee joints. Patellar organ cultures for assessment of synovial cytokine and chemokine and prostaglandin levels were prepared at 2 hours after SCW injection and established as described (Lubberts et al, 1998), using ELISA kits obtained from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.). Statistical analysis was performed using the Student's t-test, with p<0.05 considered to be indicative of statistical significant differences between groups. [0471]
  • Combination therapy with Compound A (10 mg/kg=46% inhibition; 25 mg/kg=70% inhibition) and indomethacin (2 mg/kg=42% inhibition) resulted in significantly greater reduction of knee swelling compared to either agent alone in all instances. Thus, the combination of Compound A at 10 mg/kg with indomethacin resulted in a 74% inhibition of the response, while Compound A at 25 mg/kg in combination with indomethacin led to a 93% inhibition of the swelling response. Compound A administered alone significantly inhibited IL-1β production by ex vivo patellar organ culture (49% inhibition at 10 mg/kg; 64% inhibition at 25 mg/kg) while indomethacin treatment resulted in a 11% inhibition. Combination treatment resulted in a 71% (10 mg/kg Compound A+indomethacin) and 57% inhibition (25 mg/kg Compound A+indomethacin) of IL-1β production, consistent with the concept that the effect on IL-1β was attributable to the pharmacological action of Compound A. In comparison, the effect of combination therapy on PGE[0472] 2 levels (86% and 85% inhibition, respectively) in patellar organ culture was accounted for by the activity of indomethacin alone (89% inhibition) while Compound A alone had mild activity (34-40% inhibition at 10-25 mg/kg).
  • REFERENCES
  • Bradley, P. P., D. A. Priebat, R. D. Christensen and G. Rothstein. 1982. Measurement of cutaneous inflammation: Estimation of neutrophil content with an enzyme marker. [0473] J. Invest. Dermatol. 78:206-209.
  • Lubberts, E., L. A. B. Joosten, M. M. A. Helsen and W. B. van den Berg. 1998. Regulatory role of interleukin 10 in joint inflammation and cartilage destruction in murine streptococcal cell wall (SCW) arthritis. More therapeutic benefit with IL-4/IL-10 combination therapy than with IL-10 treatment alone. [0474] Cytokine 10:361-369.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art, in the following reaction schemes, and in the preparations and examples below. Specific procedures for the preparation of many of the compounds of formula (I) may be found in in WO 02/076926 published Oct. 3, 2002, and WO 02/083624 published Oct. 24, 2002. [0475]
  • A general procedure for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) is as follows: [0476]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00173
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00174
  • Scheme 1 [0477]
  • An amine is condensed (Step A) with a nitrosalicylic acid under standard coupling conditions and the resulting nitrobenzamide is reduced (Step B) under hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of a suitable catalyst. The remaining partner required for the synthesis of the final target is prepared by condensing an aryl amine with the commercially available diethylsquarate to give the aminoethoxysquarate product. Subsequent condensation of this intermediate with the aminobenzamide prepared earlier provides the desired chemokine antagonist (Scheme 1). [0478]
  • Scheme 2 [0479]
  • Alternatively, the aminobenzamide of Scheme 1 is first condensed with commercially available diethylsquarate to give an alternate monoethoxy intermediate. Condensation of this intermediate with an amine gives the desired chemokine antagonist. [0480]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00175
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00176
  • Scheme 3 [0481]
  • Benztriazole compounds of Formula (I) are prepared by stirring nitrophenylenediamines with sodium nitrite in acetic acid at 60° C. to afford the nitrobenzotriazole intermediate (Scheme 3). Reduction of the nitro group in the presence of palladium catalyst and hydrogen atmosphere provides the amine compound. Subsequent condensation of this intermediate with the aminooethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1) provides the desired chemokine antagonist. [0482]
  • Scheme 4 [0483]
  • Condensation of nitrophenylenediamines with anhydrides or activated acids at reflux (Scheme 4) affords benzimidazole intermediates which after reduction with hydrogen gas and palladium catalyst and condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate previously prepared (Scheme 1) affords benzimidazole chemokine antagonists. [0484]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00177
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00178
  • Scheme 5 [0485]
  • Indazole structures of Formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 5 by reduction of nitroindazole A ([0486] J. Am. Chem Soc. 1943, 65, 1804-1805) to give aminoindazole B and subsequent condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1).
  • Scheme 6 [0487]
  • Indole structures of Formula (I) can be prepared according to Scheme 6 by reduction of nitroindole A ([0488] J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 1942-1954) to give aminoindole B and subsequent condensation with the aminoethoxysquarate prepared earlier (Scheme 1).
  • The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures may be apparent to those skilled in the art.[0489]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 13.17A-13.17B
  • Following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.13 in WO 02/083624, but using the prepared or commercially available aldehydes, the optically pure amine products in the Table below were obtained. [0490]
    Prep Ex. Aldehyde Amine Product Yield (%)
    13.17A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00179
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00180
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00181
    38
    13.17B
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00182
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00183
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00184
    31
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.29
  • [0491]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00185
  • Step A [0492]
  • To a solution of 3-methoxythiophene (3 g) in dichloromethane (175 mL) at −78° C. was added chlorosulfonic acid (8.5 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 15 min at −78° C. and 1.5 h at room temp. Afterwards, the mixture was poured carefully into crushed ice, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. [0493]
  • The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound (4.2 g). [0494]
  • Step B [0495]
  • The product from Step A above (4.5 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (140 mL) and added with triethylamine (8.8 mL) followed by diethyl amine in THF (2M, 21 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with brine and saturated bicarbonate (aq) and brine again, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound (4.4 g). [0496]
  • Step C [0497]
  • The product from Step B above (4.3 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (125 mL) and cooled in a −78° C. bath. A solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 24.3 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 h while the temperature was increased slowly from −78° C. to 10° C. H[0498] 2O was added, the two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloro-methane.
  • The combined organic layer and extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.96 g of the desired hydroxy-compound. [0499]
  • Step D [0500]
  • The product from step C above (3.96 g) was dissolved in 125 mL of dichloromethane, and added with potassium carbonate (6.6 g) followed by bromine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at room temperature, quenched with 100 mL of H[0501] 2O. The aqueous mixture was addjusted to pH ˜5 using a 0.5N hydrogen chloride aqueous solution, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were washed with a 10% Na2S2O3 aqueous solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.2 g of the desired bromo-compound.
  • Step E [0502]
  • The product from Step D (4.2 g) was dissolved in 100 mL of acetone and added with potassium carbonate (10 g) followed by iodomethane (9 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and continued for 3.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a dark brown residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-hexanes (1:1, v/v) to give 2.7 g of the desired product. [0503]
  • Step F [0504]
  • The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of Preparative Example 13.19 step D. [0505]
  • Step G [0506]
  • The imine product from step F (3 g) was dissolved in 80 mL of dichloromethane and cooled in a −78° C. bath. A solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 9.2 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 4.25 h from −78° C. to 5° C. H[0507] 2O (50 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer and extracts were combined, washed with brine, and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was dissolved in 80 mL of methanol, stirred with sodium acetate (1.5 g) and hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.95 g) at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was poured into an aqueous mixture of sodium hydroxide (1.0 M aq, 50 mL) and ether (100 mL). The two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether three times. The combined ether washings were re-extracted with H2O once. The aqueous layers were combined, washed once with dichloromethane, adjusted to pH ˜6 using 3.0 M and 0.5 M hydrogen chloride aqueous solutions, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.2 g of desired amine compound.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 13.30-13.32-A
  • Following the procedures set forth in Example 13.29, but using commercially available amines, hydroxy-amino-thiophene products in the Table below were obtained. [0508]
    Yield
    Prep Ex. Amine Product MH+
    13.30 (Bn)2NH
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00186
    10% 375.1
    13.31 Me(Bn)NH
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00187
    14% 299.0
    13.32 Et(Bn)NH
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00188
    22%
    13.32A (Et)2NH
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00189
    25%
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.33
  • [0509]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00190
  • Step A [0510]
  • 2-Chlorosulfonyl-3-methoxy-thiophene (4.0 g, 18.8 mmol), the product from Step A of Preparative Example 13.29 was converted to 3-methoxy-2-ethylbenzylsulfonyl-thiophene (5.5 g, 94%, MH[0511] +=312.1) by using ethylbenzyl-amine, following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step B.
  • Step B [0512]
  • 10 The product from Step A above (5.5 g, 17.70 mmol) was demethylated following the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step C. The alcohol product was obtained in 4.55 g (87%, MH[0513] +=298.0).
  • Step C [0514]
  • The product from Step B above (4.55 g, 15.30 mmol) was brominated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step D. The corresponding bromide was obtained in 4.85 g (84%). [0515]
  • Step D [0516]
  • The bromo-alcohol from Step C above (4.84 g, 12.86 mmol) was methylated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step E. The product was obtained in 4.82 g (96%). [0517]
  • Step E [0518]
  • The product from Step D above (4.82 g, 12.36 mmol) was stirred with concentrated sulfuric acid (5 mL) at room temperature ro 3 h. Ice water (30 mL) was added to the mixture followed by CH[0519] 2Cl2 (50 mL). The aqueous mixture was adjusted to pH ˜6 using a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with CH2Cl2-hexanes (1:1, v/v). Removal of solvents afforded 3.03 g (82%) of the debenzylated product (M+=300.0, M+2=302.0).
  • Step F [0520]
  • The product from Step E (1.34 g, 4.45 mmol) was methylated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step E. The desired product was obtained in 1.36 g (97%, M[0521] +=314.1, M+2=316.0).
  • Step G [0522]
  • The product from Step F (1.36 g, 4.33 mmol) was converted to imine product (1.06 g, 55%, MH[0523] +=415.1) using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step F.
  • Step H [0524]
  • The imine product from Step G (1.06 g, 2.56 mmol) was converted to the desired hydroxy-amino thiophene compound (0.26 g, 43%) using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step G. [0525]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.34 [0526]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00191
  • Step A [0527]
  • 2-Chlorosulfonyl-3-methoxy-thiophene (3.8 g, 17.87 mmol), the product from step A of Preparative Example 13. 29, was dissolved in 100 mL of CH[0528] 2Cl2 and 20 mL of pyridine. 3-Amino-5-methyl-isoxazole (3.5 g, 35.68 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 20 h at room temperature, diluted with 100 mL of CH2Cl2, and washed with a 0.5 N HCl aqueous solution (50 mL×2), H2O (50 mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4, and conentrated in vacuo to a brown oil. This oil was dissolved in 100 mL of CH2Cl2, washed again with a 0.5 M HCl aqueous solution (30 mL×3) and brine. After dried over Na2SO4, the organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid, 4.48 g (91%, MH+=275.0) of the desired product.
  • Step B [0529]
  • The product from Step A above (4.48 g, 16.33 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (100 mL), added with potassium carbonate (5.63 g, 40.80 mmol) and iodomethane (10.1 mL, 163.84 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, diluted with 100 mL of hexanes and 50 mL of CH[0530] 2Cl2, and filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad, rinsing with CH2Cl2. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4.23 g (90%, MH+=289.0) of the desired product as a light yellow solid.
  • Step C [0531]
  • To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (130 mg, 95%, 5.4 mmol) in 8 mL of N,N′-dimethylforamide at room temperature was added ethanethio](0.45 mL, 6.0 mmol) dropwise. After 5 min, the mixture became a clear solution, and was added to a stirred solution of the product obtained from Step B above (0.45 g, 1.56 mmol) in 2 mL of N,N′-dimethylforamide in a round bottom flask. The flask was sealed with a ground glass stopper, and the mixture was heated at 90-95° C. for 4 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 20 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution, further rinsed with 20 mL of H[0532] 2O. The aqueous mixture was washed with diethyl ether (30 mL×2), adjusted to PH ˜5 using a 0.5 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x4). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to a dark yellow solution. This was dissolved in 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with H2O (30 mL x2) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvent gave 0.422 g of the alcohol product (99%, MH+=275.0).
  • Step D [0533]
  • The alcohol obtained from Step C above (0.467 g, 1.70 mmol) was brominated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step D, to afford the corresponding bromide in 0.607 g (100%). [0534]
  • Step E [0535]
  • The bromide obtained from Step D above (0.607 g, 1.72 mmol) was methylated using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step E, to give the desired product in 0.408 g (65%, M[0536] +=367, M+2=369.1).
  • Step F [0537]
  • The product (0.405 g, 1.103 mmol) from Step E above was converted to the imine compound (0.29 g, 56%) using the procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.29, Step F. [0538]
  • Step G [0539]
  • The imine product obtained from Step F above (0.29 g, 0.61 mmol) was demethylated using the procedure set forth in Step C above to give the corresponding alcohol as a dark yellow oil, which was dissolved in 5 mL methanol and added with sodium acetate (0.12 g, 1.46 mmol) and hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.075 g, 1.08 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, and poured into 10 mL of 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. 30 mL of H[0540] 2O was used as rinsing and combined to the aqueous layer. The aqueous mixture was washed with diethyl ether (40 mL×3), adjusted to pH ˜6 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL×3). The organic extracts were washed with H2O (20 mL×2), brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.112 g of the desired hydroxy-amino thiophene sulfonamide (64%, MH+=290).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.35
  • [0541]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00192
  • Step A [0542]
  • To a solution of 2-methyl furan (1.72 g) in ether was added BuLi (8.38 mL) at −78° C. and stirred at room temperature for half an hour. The reaction mixture again cooled to −78° C. and quenched with cyclopropyl amide 1 and stirred for two hours at −78° C. and slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture stirred for three hours at room temperature and quenched with the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was taken to a separatory funnel, washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by using column chromatography to afford the ketone 3.0 g (87%) as a pale yellow oil. [0543]
  • Step B [0544]
  • To a solution of ketone (1.0 g) in THF (5.0 mL) at 0° C. was added R-methyl oxazoborolidine (1.2 mL, 1 M in toluene) dropwise followed by addition of a solution of borane complexed with dimethyl sulfide (1.85 mL, 2M in THF). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and than at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and MeOH was added carefully. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with ether, washed with water, 1 M HCl (10 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (10.0 mL) water and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and removal of solvent afforded the crude alcohol which was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 0.91 g (91%) as yellow oil. [0545]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.36
  • [0546]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00193
  • Step A [0547]
  • An equimolar mixture of 2-methylfuran (1.0 g) and anhydride (2.6 g) was mixed with SnCl[0548] 4 (0.05 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture, water (10 mL) was added, followed by saturated sodium carbonate solution until it becomes alkaline. The reaction mixture was extracted with ether several times and the combined ether layer was washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by using silica gel chromatography to afford the ketone 0.9 g (43%) as a yellow oil.
  • Step B [0549]
  • The step B alcohol was obtained following a similar procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.35 Step B. [0550]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.37
  • [0551]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00194
  • Step A [0552]
  • To a solution of 5-methyl furan-2-aldehyde (1.0 g) and 3-bromo-3,3-difluoropropene (2.24 g) in DMF (30 mL) was added indium powder (1.66 g) and lithium iodide (50.0 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred over night, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with water, brine and purified by silicagel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 2.8 g (92%). [0553]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 13.38-13.45
  • Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative Examples 13.25 and 13.35, and using the indicated Furan and Electrophile, the following Alcohols in the Table below were prepared. [0554]
    Prep. Ex Furan Electrophile Alcohol Yield
    13.38
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00195
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00196
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00197
    86%
    13.39
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00198
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00199
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00200
    69%
    13.40
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00201
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00202
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00203
    84%
    13.41
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00204
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00205
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00206
    82%
    13.42
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00207
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00208
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00209
    60%
    13.43
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00210
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00211
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00212
    65%
    13.44
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00213
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00214
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00215
    82%
    13.45
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00216
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00217
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00218
    89%
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 13.50-13.61
  • Following a similar procedure set forth in WO 02/083624, Preparative Example 13.25, and using the indicated Alcohol, the Amines in the Table below were prepared. [0555]
    PREP. EX. ALCOHOL AMINE YIELD
    13.50 13.45
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00219
    28%
    13.51 13.38
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00220
    58%
    13.52 13.36
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00221
    69%
    13.53 13.35
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00222
    81%
    13.54 13.37
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00223
    82%
    13.55 13.39
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00224
    45%
    13.56 13.41
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00225
    57%
    13.57 13.40
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00226
    58%
    13.58 13.44
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00227
    54%
    13.59 13.42
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00228
    53%
    13.60 13.43
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00229
    50%
    13.61 13.37
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00230
    82%
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.70
  • [0556]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00231
  • Step A [0557]
  • The imine was prepared following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 from the known bromoester (1.0 g) as a yellow solid, Step A to yield 1.1 g (79%). [0558]
  • Step B [0559]
  • The Step A product (0.6 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in the preparative example 13.19 to give the amine product 0.19 g (64%). [0560]
  • Step C [0561]
  • The Step B product (1.0 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 to give the acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%). [0562]
  • Step D [0563]
  • The Step C product (0.35 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 to give the amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%). [0564]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13.71
  • [0565]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00232
  • Following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative Example 13.33 Step E, but using the product from WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.32, the title compound was obtained (121 mg, 69% yield, MH+=223.0). [0566]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 23.15A-23.15E
  • Following the procedures set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 19.2 but using the amines from the Preparative Example indicated in the Table below, the corresponding cyclobutenedione intermediates were prepared. [0567]
    Amine
    from
    Prep Prep 1. Yield
    Ex. Ex. Product 2. MH+
    23.15F 13.32A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00233
    1. 68% 2. 375.1
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 24
  • Following the procedures set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.23 (but instead using 5-bromo-6-methoxybenzoic acid in Step A) and in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 23.14, the corresponding cyclobutenedione intermediate could be prepared. [0568]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00234
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 25
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 13.24 (but instead using 2-aminopyridine) and in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 23.14, the corresponding cyclobutenedione intermediate could be prepared. [0569]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00235
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 26
  • Following the procedures set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 23.14 (but instead the title compound from WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 135), the corresponding cyclobutenedione intermediate could be prepared. [0570]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00236
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 34.15-34.16
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 34.8 in WO 02/083624 but using the nitroalkanes indicated in the table below, the aldehydes were prepared. [0571]
    YIELD
    PREP. Ex. NITROALKANE ALDEHYDE (%)
    34.15
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00237
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00238
    17
    34.16
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00239
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00240
    21
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 34.17
  • [0572]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00241
  • Step A [0573]
  • To a stirred suspension of 5-bromo-2-furoic acid (15.0 g, 78.54 mmol) in 225 mL of CH[0574] 2Cl2 at room temperature was added oxalyl chloride followed by a catalytic amount of N,N′-dimethylforamide. After 1 h, ethanol (20 mL) was added followed by triethylamine (22 mL). Reaction was continued for 15 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to a residue, which was extracted with excess volume of hexanes, and hexanes-CH2Cl2 (3:1, v/v). The extracts were filtered, the filtrated was concentrated to a yellow oil, dried on high vacuum, yielding 17.2 g (93%) of the desired ester.
  • Step B [0575]
  • The ester product obtained from Step A above (17.2 g, 73.18 mmol) was converted to 2-ethyl-4-tertbutyl-5-bromo-furoate (7.9 g, 37%) using the literature procedure: [0576] J. Am. Chem.Soc., 1939, 61, 473-478 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto).
  • Step C [0577]
  • The ester product obtained from Step B above (7.9 g, 27.13 mol) was reduced to the alcohol (6.32 g) using the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 34.8, Step C. [0578]
  • Step D [0579]
  • The product obtained from Step C above (6.32 g) was dissolved in 140 mL of THF and cooled in a −78° C. bath. A 2.5 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexanes (22 mL, 55.0 mmol) was added dropwise along the side wall of the flask. After 15 min, H[0580] 2O (˜70 mL) was added. Cooling bath was removed, the mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h. Brine (50 mL) and CH2Cl2 (300 mL) were added, the two layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL), and the combined organic layers ere dried by Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvents afforded 5.33 g (crude) of the debrominated product as a reddish brown oil.
  • Step E [0581]
  • The alcohol product obtained from Step D above (5.33 g) was oxidized to the corresponding aldehyde (3.06 g, 74% over three steps) using the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 34.8, Step D. [0582]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 34.18 [0583]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00242
  • Step A [0584]
  • To a stirred solution of cyclopropyl bromide (4.0 mL, 50 mmol) in 120 mL of ether at −78° C. was added dropwise a 1.7M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (44.5 mL, 75.7 mmol). After 10 min, cooling bath was removed, stirring was continued for 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled again in a −78° C. bath, and 3-furaldehyde (3.5 mL, 41.9 mmol) was added. Reaction was continued for 1 h, and quenched with a saturated NH4Cl aqueous solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH[0585] 2Cl2 (100 mL×3). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.3 g (91%) of the alcohol product as a yellow oil.
  • Step B [0586]
  • Chloro trimethylsilane (27.2 mL, 214.2 mmol) was added dropwise to a vigorously stirred suspension of sodium iodide (32 g, 213.5 mmol) in 100 mL of acetonitrile. After 5 min, a solution of the alcohol obtained from Step A above (4.93 g, 35.68 mmol) in 100 mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise. Stirring was continued for 5 min. H[0587] 2O (100 mL) was added, the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (100 mL×2). The organic layers were combined, washed with a 10% Na2S2O3 aqueous solution and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvents gave a dark brown oil, which was filtered through a 5-in silica gel column, eluting with CH2Cl2-hexanes (1:3.5, v/v). Removal of solvents afforded 4.22 g (47%) of the iodo product as a light yellow oil.
  • Step C [0588]
  • The iodo-product obtained from Step B above (2.2 g, 8.8 mmol) was dissolved in 60 mL of ether, and stirred in a −78° C. bath. A 1.7 M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (10.4 mL, 17.7 mmol) was added dropwise. After 20 min, cooling bath was removed. Reaction was continued for 2.5 h, and quenched with H[0589] 2O (20 mL). The aqueous mixture was stirred overnight and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and filtered through a Celite pad. Removal of solvent gave 1.10 g (100%) of 3-butylfuran as a reddish-yellow oil.
  • Step D [0590]
  • 3-Butylfuran (1.1 g, 8.8 mmol), obtained from Step C above, was dissolved in 60 mL of ether, and stirred in a −78° C. bath. A 1.7 M solution of t-butyllithium in pentane (6.0 mL, 10.2 mmol) was added dropwise along the side wall of the flask. The mixture was stirred for 3 h from −78° C. to 0° C., and continued for 1 h at room temperature. A solution of N,N′-dimethylforamide (1.1 mL, 14.23 mmol) was added. Reaction was continued overnight, and quenched with a saturated NH[0591] 4Cl aqueous solution. The two layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated to an oil, which was purified by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2— hexanes=1:1.5, v/v) to give 0.48 g (36%) of the aldehyde (contaminated by some 3-butyl-2-furaldehyde).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 34.19
  • [0592]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00243
  • Step A [0593]
  • 3-Ethylfuran was prepared from 3-hydroxymethylfuran according to literature procedure: [0594] J. Org. Chem., 1983, 48, 1106-1107 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto).
  • Step B [0595]
  • 3-Ethylfuran obtained from Step A above was converted to 4-ethyl-2-furaldehyde using the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 34.18, Step D. [0596]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 65-75.10J
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 64 but using the aldehydes, amino alcohols, and organolithium reagents in the Table below (prepared according to the Preparative Examples indicated from WO 02/083624), the optically pure amine products in the Table below were obtained. [0597]
    Prep Amino Organo 1. Yield (%)
    Ex. Aldehyde Alcohol lithium Product 2. MH+
    75.10A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00244
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00245
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00246
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00247
    1. 61 2. 135 [M − NH2]+
    75.10B
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00248
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00249
    EtLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00250
    1. 24 2. 154
    75.10C
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00251
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00252
    EtLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00253
    1. 32 2. 165 [M − NH2]+
    75.10D
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00254
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00255
    MeLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00256
    1. 47 2. 137 [M − NH2]+
    75.10E
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00257
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00258
    iPrLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00259
    1. 30 2. 165 [M − NH2]+
    75.10F
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00260
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00261
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00262
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00263
    1. 67 2. 163.0 [M − NH2]+
    75.10G
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00264
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00265
    EtLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00266
    1. 24 2. 165 [M − NH2]+
    75.10H
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00267
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00268
    EtLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00269
    1. 70 2. 194
    75.10J
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00270
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00271
    EtLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00272
    1. 54 2. 208
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 75.11-75.59
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 64 but using the prepared or commercially available aldehydes, amino alcohols, and organolithium reagents in the Table below and carrying the amine on crude, the optically pure amine products in the Table below were obtained. [0598]
    Prep Amino Organo Yield
    Ex. Aldehyde Alcohol lithium Product (%)
    75.60
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00273
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00274
    t-BuLi
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00275
    60
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 500.7
  • [0599]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00276
  • Step A [0600]
  • If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.3 Step B, except using the hydroxy acid from [0601] Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 6(9), 1996,1043 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto), one would obtain the desired methoxy compound.
  • Step B [0602]
  • If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step B, except using the product from Step A above, one would obtain the desired compound. [0603]
  • Step C [0604]
  • If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in [0605] Synth. Commun. 1980, 10, p. 107 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto), except using the product from Step B above and t-butanol, one would obtain the desired compound.
  • Step D [0606]
  • If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in [0607] Synthesis, 1986,1031 (the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto), except using the product from Step C above, one would obtain the desired sulfonamide compound.
  • Step E [0608]
  • If one were to use a similar procedure to that used in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step E, except using the product from Step D above, one would obtain the desired compound. [0609]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 500.8
  • [0610]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00277
  • Step A [0611]
  • If one were to treat the product from Step C of WO 02/083624 Example 1125 with BuLi (2.2 eq.) in THF followed by quenching of the reaction mixture with N,N,-dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (1.1 eq.) then one would obtain the title compound. [0612]
  • Step B [0613]
  • If one were to use the product of Step A above and follow Step E of Preparative Example 500.7, then one would obtain the title compound. [0614]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 500.9
  • [0615]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00278
  • Step A [0616]
  • To a solution of 3-methoxythiophene (3 g) in dichloromethane (175 mL) at −78° C. was added chlorosulfonic acid (8.5 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 15 min at −78° C. and 1.5 h at room temp. Afterwards, the mixture was poured carefully into crushed ice, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound (4.2 g). [0617]
  • Step B [0618]
  • The product from Step A above (4.5 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (140 mL) and added with triethylamine (8.8 mL) followed by diethyl amine in THF (2M, 21 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with brine and saturated bicarbonate (aq) and brine again, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound (4.4 g). [0619]
  • Step C [0620]
  • The product from Step B above (4.3 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (125 mL) and cooled in a −78° C. bath. A solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 24.3 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 h while the temperature was increased slowly from −78° C. to 10° C. H[0621] 2O was added, the two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloro-methane. The combined organic layer and extracts were wahed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.96 g of the desired hydroxy-compound.
  • Step D [0622]
  • The product from step C above (3.96 g) was dissolved in 125 mL of dichloromethane, and added with potassium carbonate (6.6 g) followed by bromine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at room temperature, quenched with 100 mL of H[0623] 2O. The aqueous mixture was addjusted to pH ˜5 using a 0.5N hydrogen chloride aqueous solution, and extracted with dichloromethane. The extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.2 g of the desired bromo-compound.
  • Step E [0624]
  • The product from Step D (4.2 g) was dissolved in 100 mL of acetone and added with potassium carbonate (10 g) followed by iodomethane (9 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and continued for 3.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a dark brown residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane-hexanes (1:1, v/v) to give 2.7 g of the desired product. [0625]
  • Step F [0626]
  • The product from step E (2.7 g) was converted to the desired imine compound (3 g), following the similar procedure to that of WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 513.19step D. [0627]
  • Step G [0628]
  • The imine product from step F (3 g) was dissolved in 80 mL of dichloromethane and cooled in a −78° C. bath. A solution of boron tribromide (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 9.2 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 4.25 h from −78° C. to 5° C. H[0629] 2O (50 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer and extracts were combined, washed with brine, and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was dissolved in 80 mL of methanol, stirred with sodium acetate (1.5 g) and hydroxyamine hydrochloride (0.95 g) at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was poured into an aqueous mixture of sodium hydroxide (1.0 M aq, 50 mL) and ether (100 mL). The two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether three times. The combined ether washings were re-extracted with H2O once. The aqueous layers were combined, washed once with dichloromethane, adjusted to pH ˜6 using 3.0 M and 0.5 M hydrogen chloride aqueous solutions, and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.2 g of desired amine compound.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 600
  • [0630]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00279
  • Step A [0631]
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step D, the imine was prepared from the known bromoester (1.0 g) to yield 1.1 g (79%) as a yellow solid. [0632]
  • Step B [0633]
  • The product of Step A (0.6 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the amine product 0.19 g (64%). [0634]
  • Step C [0635]
  • The product of Step B (1.0 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step B to give the acid as yellow solid 0.9 g (94%). [0636]
  • Step D [0637]
  • The product of Step C (0.35 g) was reacted following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.19 Step E to give the amino acid as yellow solid 0.167 g (93%). [0638]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 601
  • [0639]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00280
  • Step A [0640]
  • To a solution of 2-methyl furan (1.72 g) in ether was added BuLi (8.38 mL) at −78° C. and stirred at room temperature for half an hour. The reaction mixture again cooled to −78° C. and quenched with cyclopropyl amide 1 and stirred for two hours at −78° C. and slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture stirred for three hours at room temperature and quenched with the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was taken to a separatory funnel, washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by using column chromatography to afford the ketone 3.0 g (87%) as a pale yellow oil. [0641]
  • Step B [0642]
  • To a solution of ketone (1.0 g) from Step A above in THF (5.0 mL) at 0° C. was added R-methyl oxazoborolidine (1.2 mL, 1 M in toluene) dropwise followed by addition of a solution of borane complexed with dimethyl sulfide (1.85 mL, 2M in THF). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and than at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and MeOH was added carefully. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes and was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with ether, washed with water, 1 M HCl (10 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (10.0 mL) water and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and removal of solvent afforded the crude alcohol which was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 0.91 g (91%) as yellow oil. [0643]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 602
  • [0644]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00281
  • Step A [0645]
  • An equimolar mixture of 2-methylfuran (1.0 g) and anhydride (2.6 g) was mixed with SnCl[0646] 4 (0.05 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture, water (10 mL) was added, followed by saturated sodium carbonate solution until it becomes alkaline. The reaction mixture was extracted with ether several times and the combined ether layer was washed with water, brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and removal of solvent afforded the crude ketone, which was purified by using silica gel chromatography to afford the ketone 0.9 g (43%) as a yellow oil.
  • Step B [0647]
  • The title alcohol was obtained following a similar procedure set forth in Preparative Example 601. [0648]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 603
  • [0649]
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00282
  • To a solution of 5-methyl furan-2-aldehyde (1.0 g) and 3-bromo-3,3-difluoropropene (2.24 g) in DMF (30 mL) was added indium powder (1.66 g) and lithium iodide (50.0 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred over night, diluted with water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with water, brine and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the pure alcohol 2.8 g (92%). [0650]
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 604-611
  • Following a similar procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Examples 13.25 or 601 the following Alcohols were prepared. [0651]
    Prep Ex Furan Electrophile Alcohol Yield
    604
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00283
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00284
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00285
    86%
    605
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00286
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00287
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00288
    69%
    606
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00289
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00290
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00291
    84%
    607
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00292
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00293
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00294
    82%
    608
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00295
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00296
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00297
    60%
    609
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00298
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00299
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00300
    65%
    610
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00301
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00302
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00303
    82%
    611
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00304
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00305
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00306
    89%
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 620-631
  • Following a similar procedure to that set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 13.25 the following Amines were prepared from the corresponding Alcohols. [0652]
    Prep %
    Ex ALCOHOL AMINE YIELD
    620
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00307
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00308
    28
    621
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00309
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00310
    58
    622
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00311
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00312
    69
    623
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00313
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00314
    81
    624
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00315
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00316
    82
    625
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00317
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00318
    45
    626
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00319
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00320
    57
    627
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00321
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00322
    58
    628
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00323
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00324
    54
    629
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00325
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00326
    53
    630
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00327
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00328
    50
    631
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00329
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00330
    82%
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 640-641
  • Following the procedures set forth in WO 02/083624 Preparative Example 19 but using the amine from the Preparative Example indicated in the Table below, the cyclobutenedione intermediates were obtained. [0653]
    Amine from 1. Yield
    Prep Ex. Prep Ex. Product 2. MH+
    640 600 Step B
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00331
    1. 60% 2. 138
    641 600 Step D
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00332
    1. 65% 2. 138
  • EXAMPLES 360.109-360.117
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083524 Example 261 but using the 5 amine from the Preparative Example indicated in the table below, the following cyclobutenedione products were obtained. [0654]
    1. Yield
    2. MH+
    Ex. Amine Product 3. mp (° C.)
    360.109 75.10A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00333
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00334
    1. 67% 2. 410.1 3. 119-121
    360.110 75.10B
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00335
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00336
    1. 71% 2. 412 3. 102
    360.111 75.10C
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00337
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00338
    1. 64% 2. 440.1 3. 91-93
    360.112 75.10D
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00339
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00340
    1. 79% 3. 412 3. 111-113
    360.113 75.10E
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00341
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00342
    1. 20% 2. 440.1 3. 130 (DEC)
    360.114 75.10F
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00343
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00344
    1. 61% 2. 438.1 3. 117-119
    360.115 75.10G
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00345
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00346
    1. 61% 2. 440.1 3. 117-119
    360.116 75.10H
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00347
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00348
    1. 81% 2. 452 3. 118
    360.117 75.10J
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00349
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00350
    1. 65% 2. 466 3. 109
  • EXAMPLES 368.32-368.45
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Example 261 but using the amine in the table below and the cyclobutenedione intermediate from the Preparative Example indicated, the following cyclobutenedione products were obtained. [0655]
    1. Yield
    Prep. 2. MH+
    Ex. Amine Ex. Product 3. mp (° C.)
    368.32 75.49
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00351
    23.14
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00352
    1. 58% 2. 471.1 3. 149
    368.33 75.1
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00353
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00354
    1. 33% 2. 440.1 3. 181
    368.34 75.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00355
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00356
    1. 56% 2. 468 3. 180
    368.35 75.N6
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00357
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00358
    1. 28% 2. 480 3. 186
    368.36 75.N8
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00359
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00360
    1. 48% 2. 494 3. 112.5
    368.37 75.1
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00361
    23.15B
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00362
    1. 58% 2. 592 3. 177-179
    368.38 75.49
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00363
    23.15C
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00364
    1. 69% 2. 516 3. 88-90
    368.39 75.49
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00365
    23.15D
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00366
    1. 80% 2. 530 3. 134-137
    368.40 75.49
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00367
    23.15E
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00368
    1. 57% 2. 454 3. 138-140
    368.41 75.49
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00369
    19.2
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00370
    1. 26% 2. 507 3. 162-164
    368.42  3 23.25
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00371
    1. 82% 2. 466 3. 141-143
    368.43  3 23.26
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00372
    1. 67% 2. 480 3. 139 dec
    368.44 13.29 23.16
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00373
    1. 29% 2. 480 3. 112-114
    368.45 13.29 23.26
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00374
    1. 88% 2. 508 3. 190 dec
  • EXAMPLES 1200-1212
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Example 261 but using the prepared amine indicated in the table below, the following cyclobutenedione products were obtained. [0656]
    1. Yield
    2. MH+
    Ex. Amine Product 3. mp (° C.)
    1200
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00375
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00376
    1. 61.3% 2. 451.4 3. 108.6
    1201
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00377
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00378
    1. 54% 2. 439.5 3. 117.8
    1202
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00379
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00380
    1. 80% 2. 439.5 3. 128-131.8
    1203
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00381
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00382
    1. 75% 2. 423.4 3. 118-119
    1204
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00383
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00384
    1. 74% 2. 447.4 3. 108-111
    1205
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00385
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00386
    1. 42% 2. 415.42 3. 136-140
    1206
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00387
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00388
    1. 46% 2. 423.4 3. 114-117
    1207
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00389
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00390
    1. 35% 2. 433.1 3. 123-128
    1208
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00391
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00392
    1. 42% 2. 423.4 3. 118-121
    1209
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00393
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00394
    1. 51% 2. 415.4 3. 112-117
    1210
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00395
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00396
    1. 44% 2. 415.4 3. 115-120
    1211
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00397
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00398
    1. 48% 2. 445.4 3. 105-110
  • EXAMPLES 1300-1309
  • Following the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Example 261 but using the prepared amine in the table below and the cyclobutenedione intermediate from the Preparative Example indicated (from either this Application of from WO 02/083624), the following cyclobutenedione products were obtained. [0657]
    1. Yield
    Prep. 2. MH+
    Ex. Amine Ex. Product 3. mp (20° C.)
    1300
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00399
    640
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00400
    1. 35% 2. 390.4 3. 100
    1301
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00401
    641
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00402
    1. 78% 2. 390.4 3. 130
    1302
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00403
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00404
    1. 48% 2. 483.4 3. 116
    1303
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00405
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00406
    1. 46% 2. 443.5 3. 106
    1304
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00407
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00408
    1. 40% 2. 445.54 3. 102
    1305
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00409
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00410
    1. 51% 2. 413.4 3. 98
    1306
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00411
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00412
    1. 78% 2. 405.5 3. 246
    1307
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00413
    23.9
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00414
    1. 83% 2. 439.5 3. 129
    1308
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00415
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00416
    1. 11% 2. 519.47 3. 123
    1309
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00417
    23.15A
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00418
    1. 47% 2. 475 3. 113
    1310
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00419
    23.15F
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00420
    1. 55% 2. 496.1 3. 123-125
    1311
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00421
    23.15F
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00422
    1. 74% 2. 468.1 3. 116-118
  • EXAMPLES 1500-1503
  • If one were to follow the procedure set forth in WO 02/083624 Example 261 but using the prepared amine and the cyclobutenedione intermediate in the table below from the Preparative Example indicated, the following cyclobutenedione products could be obtained. [0658]
    Cyclobutenedione
    Amine from intermediate
    Ex. Prep Ex. from Prep Ex Product
    1500
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00423
    26
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00424
    1501
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00425
    23.15F
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00426
    1502
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00427
    24
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00428
    1503
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00429
    24
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00430
    1504
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00431
    25
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00432
    1505
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00433
    25
    Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00434
  • While the present invention has been described in conjunction with specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention. [0659]

Claims (65)

What is claimed is:
1. A method of treating a CXC chemokine mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of:
(a) One or more compounds of the formula (I):
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00435
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and
(b) One or more drugs, agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases;
wherein for said compounds of formula (I):
A is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00436
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00437
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00438
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00439
wherein the above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00440
wherein one or both of the above rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00441
wherein the above phenyl rings of said A groups are substituted with 1 to 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups; and
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00442
B is selected from the group consisting of
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00443
n is 0 to 6;
p is 1 to 5;
X is O, NH, or S;
Z is 1 to 3;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, —C(O)OH, —SH, —SO2NR13R14, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —NR13R14, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NHOR13, —C(O)NR13OH, —S(O2)OH, —OC(O)R13, an unsubstituted heterocyclic acidic functional group, and a substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heterocyclic acidic functional group each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
each R3 and R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —OH, —CF3, —OCF3, —NO2, —C(O)R13, —C(O)oR13, —C(O)NHR17, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO(t)R13, —C(O)NR13OR14, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00444
wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
each R5 and R6 are the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, —CF3, —OCF3, —NO2, —C(O)R13, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NR13R14, —SO(t)NR13R14, —C(O)NR13OR14, cyano, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted aryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups; and wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted heteroaryl group and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
each R7 and R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, —CO2R13, —CONR13R14, alkynyl, alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl; and wherein there are one or more substituents on said substituted R7 and R8 groups, wherein each substitutent is independently selected from the group consisting of:
a) halogen,
b) —CF3,
c) —COR13,
d) —OR13,
e) —NR13R14
f) —NO2,
g) —CN,
h) —SO2OR13,
i) —Si(alkyl)3, wherein each alkyl is independently selected,
j) —Si(aryl)3, wherein each alkyl is independently selected,
k) —(R13)2R14Si, wherein each R13 is independently selected,
l) —CO2R13,
m) —C(O)NR13R14,
n) —SO2NR13R14,
o) —SO2R13,
p) —OC(O)R13,
q) —OC(O)NR13R14,
r) —NR13C(O)R14, and
s) —NR13CO2R14;
R8a is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
a) —R13,
b) halogen,
c) —CF3,
d) —COR13,
e) —OR13,
f) —NR13R14,
g) —NO2,
h) —CN,
i) —SO2R13,
j) —SO2NR13R14,
k) —NR13COR14,
l) —CONR13R14,
m) —NR13CO2R14,
n) —CO2R13,
o)
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00445
p) alkyl substituted with one or more —OH groups,
q) alkyl substituted with one or more —NR13R14 group, and
r) —N(R13)SO2R14;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of R13, halogen, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR13R14, —NR13C(O)NR13R14, —OH, —C(O)OR13, —SH, —SO(t)NR13R14, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)R13, —NHSO2NR13R14, —NHSO2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —C(O)NR130R14, —OC(O)R13 and cyano;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, —C(O)OR13, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl group; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on the substituted R12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: R9 groups;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted or substituted fluoroalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl (wherein “heterocyloalkyl” means heterocyclic); wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R13 and R14 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, fluroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —N(R40)2, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —S(O)tNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, halogen, and —NHC(O)NR15R16; or
R13 and R14 taken together with the nitrogen they are attached to in the groups —C(O)NR13R14 and —SO2NR13R14 form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring (preferably a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring), said ring optionally containing one additional heteroatom selected from the group consisting of: O, S and NR18; wherein there are 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R13 and R14 groups (i.e., there is 1 to 3 substituents on the ring formed when the R13 and R14 groups are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are bound) and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)NR15R16, —SOtNR15R16, —C(O)R15, —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H, —NHC(O)NR15R16, —NHC(O)OR15, halogen, and a heterocycloalkenyl group;
each R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl;
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: —SO2alkyl, —SO2aryl, —SO2cycloalkyl, and —SO2heteroaryl;
R18 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, —C(O)R19, —SO2R19 and —C(O)NR19R20;
each R19 and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, cycloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, or —SO2R15 provided that R15 is not H;
each R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; wherein there are 1 to 6 substituents on said substituted R31 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, halogen and —CF3;
each R40 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl and cycloalkyl;
g is 1 or 2; and
t is 0, 1 or 2.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00446
and R3 for this B group is selected from the group consisting of: —C(O)NR13R14,
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00447
and all other substituents are as defined in claim 1.
3. The method of claim 3 wherein substituent A is
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00448
wherein the furan ring is unsubstituted or substitued.
4. The method of claim 1 wherein B is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00449
R2 is —OH, R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl.
5. The method of claim 3 wherein wherein B is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00450
R2 is —OH, R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl.
6. The method of claim 1 wherein B is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00451
7. The method of claim 6 wherein B is
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00452
8. The method of claim 1 wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00453
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00454
9. The method of claim 8 wherein A is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00455
10. The method of claim 9 wherein A is
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00456
11. The method of claim 1 wherein said compounds of formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00457
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00458
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00459
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00460
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00461
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00462
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00463
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00464
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00465
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00466
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00467
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00468
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00469
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00470
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00471
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00472
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00473
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00474
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00475
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00476
12. The method of claim 1 wherein said compounds of formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00477
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00478
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00479
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00480
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00481
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00482
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00483
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00484
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00485
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00486
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00487
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00488
13. The method of claim 1 wherein said compounds of formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00489
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00490
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00491
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00492
14. The method of claim 13 wherein said compound is a calcium or sodium salt.
15. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00493
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
16. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00494
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
17. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00495
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
18. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00496
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
19. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00497
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
20. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00498
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
21. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00499
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
22. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00500
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
23. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00501
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
24. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00502
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
25. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00503
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
26. The compound of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00504
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
27. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00505
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
28. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00506
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
29. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00507
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
30. The method of claim 25 wherein said compound is a calcium or sodium salt.
31. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00508
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
32. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00509
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
33. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00510
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
34. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00511
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
35. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00512
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
36. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00513
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
37. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00514
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
38. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00515
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
39. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00516
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
40. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00517
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
41. The method of claim 1 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00518
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
42. The method of claim 1 wherein said drug, agent or therapeutic used in combination with said compounds of formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of
(a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug;
(b) a nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug;
(c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor;
(d) a COX-1 inhibitor;
(e) an immunosuppressive;
(f) a steroid;
(g) a biological response modifier and
(h) other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases.
43. The method of claim 42 wherein said disease modifying antirheumatic drug is selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, azathioptrine luflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil and cyclophosphamide.
44. The method of claim 42 wherein said nonsteroidal anitinflammatory drug is selected from the group consisting of piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, and ibuprofen.
45. The method of claim 42 wherein said COX-2 selective inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of rofecoxib and celecoxib.
46. The method of claim 42 wherein said COX-1 inhibitor is piroxicam.
47. The method of claim 42 wherein said immunosuppressive is selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin and sulfasalazine.
48. The method of claim 42 wherein said steroid is selected from the group consisting of β-methasone, prednisone, cortisone, prednisolone and dexamethasone.
49. The method of claim 42 wherein said biological response modifier is selected from the group consisting of anti-TNF antagonists, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10 and anti-adhesion molecules.
50. The method of claim 42 wherein said other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, TACE inhibitors, chemokine receptor antagonists, thalidomide, leukotriene inhibitors and other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.
51. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral and cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus, meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute and chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the wet type preferred and corneal neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric and duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor pulmonae, cough, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation, hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis, sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus, burn therapy, periodontitis and early transplantation.
52. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is a pulmonary disease and said one or more drugs, agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, β-2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 and M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine A2 agonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, GABA-b agonists, nociceptin agonists, expectorants, mucolytic agents, decongestants, antioxidants, anti-IL-8 anti-bodies, anti-IL-5 antibodies, anti-IgE antibodies, anti-TNF antibodies, IL-10, adhesion molecule inhibitors, and growth hormones.
53. The method of claim 52 wherein said pulmonary disease is COPD, asthma or cystic fibrosis.
54. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is multiple sclerosis and said one or more drugs, agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, β-methasone, interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
55. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is rheumatoid arthritis and said one or more drugs, agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor, a COX inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a PDE IV inhibitor, an anti-TNF-α compound, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective inhibiitors, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
56. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury and said one or more drugs, agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, gpIIb/IIIa antagonist, anticoagulants, other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and formulations thereof.
57. The method of claim 1 wherein said chemokine mediated disease is stroke and cardiac reperfusion injury and said one or more drugs, agents or therapeutics are selected from the group consisting of tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase, abciximab, eftiifbatide, heparin and formulations thereof.
58. A compound of selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00519
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
59. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is a sodium salt.
60. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is a calcium salt.
61. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00520
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
62. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00521
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
63. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00522
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
64. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00523
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
65. The compound of claim 58 wherein said compound is:
Figure US20040053953A1-20040318-C00524
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
US10/390,078 2002-03-18 2003-03-17 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases Abandoned US20040053953A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/390,078 US20040053953A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2003-03-17 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases
US11/705,929 US7960433B2 (en) 2002-03-18 2007-02-14 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US36531402P 2002-03-18 2002-03-18
US10/390,078 US20040053953A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2003-03-17 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/705,929 Division US7960433B2 (en) 2002-03-18 2007-02-14 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040053953A1 true US20040053953A1 (en) 2004-03-18

Family

ID=28454639

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/390,078 Abandoned US20040053953A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2003-03-17 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases
US11/705,929 Expired - Fee Related US7960433B2 (en) 2002-03-18 2007-02-14 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/705,929 Expired - Fee Related US7960433B2 (en) 2002-03-18 2007-02-14 Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (2) US20040053953A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1485089B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4733350B2 (en)
CN (1) CN100444839C (en)
AR (1) AR040400A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003220384B2 (en)
BR (1) BR0308739A (en)
CA (1) CA2479126C (en)
MX (1) MXPA04009127A (en)
NO (1) NO20044402L (en)
NZ (1) NZ535314A (en)
TW (2) TW200808314A (en)
WO (1) WO2003080053A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200407339B (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040185081A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-09-23 Donald Verlee Prosthesis with multiple drugs applied separately by fluid jet application in discrete unmixed droplets
US20060025453A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2006-02-02 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20060030579A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2006-02-09 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds for the treatment of proliverative processes
US20060099662A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2006-05-11 Genentech, Inc. Assay for antibodies
US20060223864A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2006-10-05 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
US20070004682A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-04 Schering Corporation Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070015731A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Biju Purakkattle J 5,6-Di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070021494A1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia, Inc. 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070189915A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2007-08-16 Sanjay Shrivastava Method of integrating therapeutic agent into a bioerodible medical device
US20070191943A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2007-08-16 Sanjay Shrivastava Integration Of Therapeutic Agent Into A Bioerodible Medical Device
US20070248594A1 (en) * 2004-05-12 2007-10-25 Schering Corporation Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists
US20070264230A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-11-15 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20080045489A1 (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-02-21 Jianhua Chao 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as cxc-chemokine receptor ligands
US20080132526A1 (en) * 2004-05-24 2008-06-05 Glaxo Group Limited Purine Derivative
US20080200523A1 (en) * 2007-02-21 2008-08-21 Murthi Krishna K Derivatives of squaric acid with anti-proliferative activity
WO2010131146A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Pfizer Limited Cyclobutenedione derivatives
US7985740B2 (en) 2005-07-19 2011-07-26 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine A2A receptor
WO2012125413A2 (en) * 2011-03-12 2012-09-20 Vicus Therapeutics, Llc Compositions for ameliorating systemic inflammation and methods for making and using them
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
US9763992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-09-19 Father Flanagan's Boys' Home Treatment of noise induced hearing loss

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7132445B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2006-11-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
KR100952531B1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2010-04-12 쉐링 코포레이션 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
CA2462862A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2003-04-17 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted maleimide compounds as cxc-chemokine receptor antagonists
US6878709B2 (en) 2002-01-04 2005-04-12 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted pyridazinediones as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
CA2522748C (en) 2003-04-18 2011-06-28 Schering Corporation Synthesis of 2-hydroxy-n,n-dimethyl-3-[[2-[1(r)-(5-methyl-2-furanyl)propyl]amino]-3,4-dioxo-1-cyclobuten-1-yl]amino]benzamide
MY144657A (en) * 2004-01-30 2011-10-31 Schering Corp Crystalline polymorphs of a cxc-chemokine receptor ligand.
US8183287B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2012-05-22 Schering Corporation Pharmaceutical formulations and compositions of a selective antagonist of either CXCR2 or both CXCR1 and CXCR2 and methods of using the same for treating inflammatory disorders
ES2386489T3 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-08-21 Novartis Ag Cyclobutanedione substituted anti-inflammatory compounds
CN101932553A (en) * 2007-07-03 2010-12-29 先灵公司 Process and intermediates for the synthesis of 1,2-substituted 3,4-dioxo-1-cyclobutene compounds
UA103198C2 (en) 2008-08-04 2013-09-25 Новартис Аг Squaramide derivatives as cxcr2 antagonists
FR2961695B1 (en) * 2010-06-29 2012-07-06 Galderma Res & Dev USE OF COMPOUNDS IN THE TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF SKIN DISORDERS
PT2760821T (en) 2011-09-02 2018-01-11 Novartis Ag Choline salt of an anti-inflammatory substituted cyclobutenedione compound
FR2981934B1 (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-12-20 Galderma Res & Dev NOVEL DI-SUBSTITUTED DIAMINO-3,4-CYCLOBUTENE-3-DIONE-1,2 COMPOUNDS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF CHEMOKINE MEDIATED PATHOLOGIES.
KR101306199B1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2013-09-09 부산대학교 산학협력단 Composition for prevention or treatment of osteoporosis comprising the phospholipase D inhibitor
TWI724056B (en) 2015-11-19 2021-04-11 美商卡默森屈有限公司 Inhibitors of cxcr2
TWI734715B (en) 2015-11-19 2021-08-01 美商卡默森屈有限公司 Modulators of chemokine receptors
CN111225900A (en) 2017-08-14 2020-06-02 阿勒根公司 3, 4-disubstituted 3-cyclobutene-1, 2-diones and their use
UA126589C2 (en) * 2017-09-14 2022-11-02 Даїті Санкіо Компані, Лімітед Compound having cyclic structure
AU2019205786B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2023-12-14 Chemocentryx, Inc. Methods of treating generalized pustular psoriasis with an antagonist of CCR6 or CXCR2
KR20230175326A (en) 2018-09-21 2023-12-29 화이자 인코포레이티드 N-substituted-dioxocyclobutenylamino-3-hydroxy-picolinamides useful as ccr6 inhibitors
CN112851635B (en) * 2019-11-28 2022-09-16 中国医学科学院药物研究所 Cyclic sulfones compound and preparation method, application and pharmaceutical composition thereof
EP3868368A1 (en) * 2020-02-21 2021-08-25 Dompe' Farmaceutici S.P.A. Cxcl8 (interleukin-8) activity inhibitor and corticosteroid combination and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4170588A (en) * 1976-08-28 1979-10-09 Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft Synthetic resin stabilizers based on quadratic acid amides
US4639523A (en) * 1984-06-01 1987-01-27 Ikeda Mohando Co., Ltd. Aminoalkylphenoxy derivatives
US5206252A (en) * 1992-05-08 1993-04-27 American Home Products Corporation Thiadiazolyl-amino derivatives of benzopyrans and indanes
US5354763A (en) * 1993-11-17 1994-10-11 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-heteroaryl and N-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5466712A (en) * 1994-11-04 1995-11-14 American Home Products Corporation Substituted n-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5506252A (en) * 1993-11-17 1996-04-09 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-heteroaryl and N-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5840764A (en) * 1997-01-30 1998-11-24 American Home Products Corporation Substituted hydroxy-anilino derivatives of cyclobutene-3,4-diones
US20010018447A1 (en) * 1997-09-05 2001-08-30 Widdowson Katherine L. Il-8 receptor antagonists
US6300325B1 (en) * 1997-01-23 2001-10-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US6376555B1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2002-04-23 American Home Products Corporation 4-substituted-3-substituted-amino-cyclobut-3-ene-1,2-diones and analogs thereof as novel potassium channel openers
US6420396B1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2002-07-16 Beiersdorf Ag Biphenyl and biphenyl-analogous compounds as integrin antagonists

Family Cites Families (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1669798A1 (en) 1966-07-28 1971-08-26 Huels Chemische Werke Ag Process for stabilizing macromolecular polyacetals
FR1531943A (en) 1966-07-28 1968-07-05 Huels Chemische Werke Ag Process for stabilizing macromolecular polyacetals
DE2638855C3 (en) 1976-08-28 1980-04-24 Chemische Werke Huels Ag, 4370 Marl Use of squaramides as stabilizers for molded or non-molded plastics
DE3309655A1 (en) 1983-03-17 1984-09-20 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen 1,2,5-Thiadiazole-1-oxides and 1,1-dioxides, process for their preparation and their use as medicaments
US4978665A (en) 1987-01-20 1990-12-18 Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd. 3(2H)pyridazinone, and antagonistic agent against SRS-A containing it
JPH02256668A (en) 1988-12-20 1990-10-17 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Pyridazinone derivative
GB9312210D0 (en) 1993-06-14 1993-07-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc Chemical compounds
BR9509699A (en) 1994-11-16 1998-06-30 American Home Prod 3-4-diones diaminocyclobutene
WO1998033763A1 (en) 1997-01-30 1998-08-06 American Home Products Corporation Substituted hydroxy-anilino derivatives of cyclobutene-3,4-diones
WO2000020378A1 (en) 1998-10-02 2000-04-13 Neurosearch A/S Diaminocyclobutene-3,4-dione derivatives, their preparation and use
EP1119548B1 (en) 1998-10-08 2004-12-08 SmithKline Beecham plc 3-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyphenylamino)-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1h-pyrrole-2,5-dione as glycogen synthase kinase-3 inhibitor (gsk-3)
EP1140792A1 (en) 1998-12-14 2001-10-10 American Home Products Corporation 3,4-diamino-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione derivatives which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4
KR20010086112A (en) 1998-12-16 2001-09-07 빌프리더 하이더 New Biphenyl and Biphenyl-analogous Compounds as Integrin Antagonists
US6518283B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2003-02-11 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
AU1201101A (en) 1999-10-15 2001-04-30 Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company Bicyclic and tricyclic amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
WO2001064691A1 (en) 2000-03-01 2001-09-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
AR033803A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2004-01-07 Smithkline Beecham Corp DIANILINO ESCUARANO COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM, AND THE USE OF THE SAME IN THE MANUFACTURE OF MEDICINES TO TREAT CHEMIOQUINE MEDIUM-RELATED DISEASES
AU2001245724A1 (en) 2000-03-14 2001-09-24 Smith Kline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
MY120279A (en) * 2000-05-26 2005-09-30 Pharmacia Corp Use of a celecoxib composition for fast pain relief
BR0110968A (en) * 2000-05-30 2005-05-10 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 Receptor Antagonists
US20040048897A1 (en) * 2001-01-16 2004-03-11 Mccleland Brent Il-8 receptor antagonists
ES2318003T3 (en) * 2001-01-16 2009-05-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation ANTAGONISTS OF IL-8 'RECEIVERS.
EP1355875A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2003-10-29 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1, 2-diones as cxc chemokine receptor antagonists
US20030204085A1 (en) 2001-02-02 2003-10-30 Taveras Arthur G. 3, 4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor antagonists
KR100952531B1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2010-04-12 쉐링 코포레이션 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7132445B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2006-11-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
CA2462862A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2003-04-17 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted maleimide compounds as cxc-chemokine receptor antagonists
US6878709B2 (en) 2002-01-04 2005-04-12 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted pyridazinediones as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
JP4836388B2 (en) 2002-03-22 2011-12-14 第一三共株式会社 Preventive or therapeutic agent for diseases caused by eNOS expression
ES2321186T3 (en) 2002-10-09 2009-06-03 Schering Corporation TIADIAZOL DIOXIDES AND TIADIAZOL MONOXIDES AS LIGANDOS OF CXC AND CC CHEMIOQUINE RECEPTORS.

Patent Citations (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4170588A (en) * 1976-08-28 1979-10-09 Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft Synthetic resin stabilizers based on quadratic acid amides
US4639523A (en) * 1984-06-01 1987-01-27 Ikeda Mohando Co., Ltd. Aminoalkylphenoxy derivatives
US5206252A (en) * 1992-05-08 1993-04-27 American Home Products Corporation Thiadiazolyl-amino derivatives of benzopyrans and indanes
US5403853A (en) * 1993-11-17 1995-04-04 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5397790A (en) * 1993-11-17 1995-03-14 American Home Products Corporation Substituted isoquinolinyl-1-2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4,-diones
US5401753A (en) * 1993-11-17 1995-03-28 American Home Products Corporation Substituted n-heteroaryl-1, 2-diaminocyclobutene-3, 3-diones
US5354763A (en) * 1993-11-17 1994-10-11 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-heteroaryl and N-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5506252A (en) * 1993-11-17 1996-04-09 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-heteroaryl and N-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5466712A (en) * 1994-11-04 1995-11-14 American Home Products Corporation Substituted n-aryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-diones
US5532245A (en) * 1994-11-04 1996-07-02 American Home Products Corporation Substituted N-heteroaryl-1,2-diaminocyclobutene-3,4-dione compounds
US6300325B1 (en) * 1997-01-23 2001-10-09 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US5840764A (en) * 1997-01-30 1998-11-24 American Home Products Corporation Substituted hydroxy-anilino derivatives of cyclobutene-3,4-diones
US20010018447A1 (en) * 1997-09-05 2001-08-30 Widdowson Katherine L. Il-8 receptor antagonists
US6376555B1 (en) * 1998-12-04 2002-04-23 American Home Products Corporation 4-substituted-3-substituted-amino-cyclobut-3-ene-1,2-diones and analogs thereof as novel potassium channel openers
US6420396B1 (en) * 1998-12-16 2002-07-16 Beiersdorf Ag Biphenyl and biphenyl-analogous compounds as integrin antagonists

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070021494A1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia, Inc. 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7964646B2 (en) * 2001-04-16 2011-06-21 Schering Corporation 3,4-DI-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7947720B2 (en) * 2001-04-16 2011-05-24 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20090306079A1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2009-12-10 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as cxc-chemokine receptor ligands
US7691856B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2010-04-06 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070264230A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-11-15 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7645476B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2010-01-12 Abbott Laboratories Method of loading beneficial agent to a prosthesis by fluid-jet application
US20040185081A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-09-23 Donald Verlee Prosthesis with multiple drugs applied separately by fluid jet application in discrete unmixed droplets
US8524148B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2013-09-03 Abbott Laboratories Method of integrating therapeutic agent into a bioerodible medical device
US20070189915A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2007-08-16 Sanjay Shrivastava Method of integrating therapeutic agent into a bioerodible medical device
US20070191943A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2007-08-16 Sanjay Shrivastava Integration Of Therapeutic Agent Into A Bioerodible Medical Device
US20040254634A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-12-16 Donald Verlee Prosthesis having varied concentration of beneficial agent
US20080020129A1 (en) * 2002-11-07 2008-01-24 Abbott Laboratories Method of Loading Beneficial Agent to a Prosthesis by Fluid-Jet Application
US20060223864A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2006-10-05 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
US7786149B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2010-08-31 Schering Corp. Thiadiazoles as CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
US7338968B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2008-03-04 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
US20080090823A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2008-04-17 Biju Purakkattle J Thiadiazoles as cxc- and cc- chemokine receptor ligands
US20060025453A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2006-02-02 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7671212B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2010-03-02 Schering Corporation Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20060030579A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2006-02-09 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds for the treatment of proliverative processes
US20110076238A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2011-03-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Compounds for the treatment of proliferative processes
US20060099662A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2006-05-11 Genentech, Inc. Assay for antibodies
US20070248594A1 (en) * 2004-05-12 2007-10-25 Schering Corporation Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists
US20080132526A1 (en) * 2004-05-24 2008-06-05 Glaxo Group Limited Purine Derivative
US7737126B2 (en) 2004-05-24 2010-06-15 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivative
US7897606B2 (en) 2005-06-29 2011-03-01 Schering Corporation 5,6-di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7718678B2 (en) 2005-06-29 2010-05-18 Schering Corporation Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070004682A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-04 Schering Corporation Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070015731A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Biju Purakkattle J 5,6-Di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7985740B2 (en) 2005-07-19 2011-07-26 Glaxo Group Limited Purine derivatives as agonists of the adenosine A2A receptor
US20080045489A1 (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-02-21 Jianhua Chao 3,4-di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as cxc-chemokine receptor ligands
US20080200523A1 (en) * 2007-02-21 2008-08-21 Murthi Krishna K Derivatives of squaric acid with anti-proliferative activity
US8450348B2 (en) * 2007-02-21 2013-05-28 Forma Tm, Llc Derivatives of squaric acid with anti-proliferative activity
WO2010131147A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Pfizer Limited Cyclobutenedione derivatives
WO2010131145A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Pfizer Limited Cyclobutenedione derivatives
WO2010131146A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Pfizer Limited Cyclobutenedione derivatives
WO2012125413A2 (en) * 2011-03-12 2012-09-20 Vicus Therapeutics, Llc Compositions for ameliorating systemic inflammation and methods for making and using them
WO2012125413A3 (en) * 2011-03-12 2012-12-27 Vicus Therapeutics, Llc Compositions for ameliorating systemic inflammation and methods for making and using them
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
US9763992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-09-19 Father Flanagan's Boys' Home Treatment of noise induced hearing loss

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2005533005A (en) 2005-11-04
TW200808314A (en) 2008-02-16
BR0308739A (en) 2005-01-11
ZA200407339B (en) 2005-10-06
AR040400A1 (en) 2005-04-06
EP1485089A1 (en) 2004-12-15
AU2003220384A1 (en) 2003-10-08
CN1652779A (en) 2005-08-10
US7960433B2 (en) 2011-06-14
US20070155756A1 (en) 2007-07-05
TW200304811A (en) 2003-10-16
WO2003080053A1 (en) 2003-10-02
MXPA04009127A (en) 2005-01-25
NO20044402L (en) 2004-12-17
CA2479126A1 (en) 2003-10-02
EP1485089B1 (en) 2013-04-17
CN100444839C (en) 2008-12-24
CA2479126C (en) 2011-11-15
JP4733350B2 (en) 2011-07-27
AU2003220384B2 (en) 2007-05-10
NZ535314A (en) 2007-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040053953A1 (en) Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases
JP4445262B2 (en) Imidazole derivatives as anti-inflammatory agents
KR20070011475A (en) Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists
JP2009542700A (en) 3,4-Disubstituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC chemokine receptor ligands
WO2014167530A1 (en) Cannabinoid compounds
JP6486002B2 (en) Aminopyridine carboxamide and aminopyrimidine carboxamide as CXCR2 modulators
JP2014058545A (en) 5-membered heterocyclic amide and related compounds
WO2007049771A1 (en) Compound containing basic group and use thereof
JP2005534684A (en) 3,4-Disubstituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC chemokine receptor ligands
KR20030081520A (en) Remedies for depression containing ep1 antagonist as the active ingredient
JP2010530427A (en) Polycyclic guanine derivatives and methods of use thereof
BR112020018444A2 (en) (2-AZABICYCLE [3,1,0] HEXAN-2-IL) COMPOUNDS PIRAZOLO [1,5-A] REPLACED PYRIMIDINE AND IMIDAZO [1,2-B] PYRIDAZINE AS TRK KINASE INHIBITORS
US11702406B1 (en) Triazine derivatives and methods of use thereof
ES2230171T3 (en) 3,4-DIHIDRO- (1H) QUINAZOLIN-2-ONA COMPOUNDS AS CSBP / P38 QUINASA INHIBITORS.
JP5726301B2 (en) New antihistamine
US10894038B2 (en) Indolizine derivatives, composition and methods of use
JPH06505724A (en) Thiazole derivative
WO2024009120A1 (en) Triazine derivatives and methods of use thereof
TW200930714A (en) Novel compounds as cannabinoid receptor ligands and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SCHERING CORPORATION, NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TAVERAS, ARTHUR G.;BILLAH, MOTASIM;LUNDELL, DANIEL;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:014732/0522;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030314 TO 20030319

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE